WO2015133235A1 - Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015133235A1
WO2015133235A1 PCT/JP2015/053643 JP2015053643W WO2015133235A1 WO 2015133235 A1 WO2015133235 A1 WO 2015133235A1 JP 2015053643 W JP2015053643 W JP 2015053643W WO 2015133235 A1 WO2015133235 A1 WO 2015133235A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pattern
group
resin composition
region
iii
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/053643
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
亮介 上羽
直也 井口
山中 司
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2015133235A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015133235A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0035Multiple processes, e.g. applying a further resist layer on an already in a previously step, processed pattern or textured surface
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/325Non-aqueous compositions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • H01L21/0271Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
    • H01L21/0273Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
    • H01L21/0274Photolithographic processes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an etching method using the pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, a manufacturing process such as a MEMS, and further a lithography process of other photofabrication. And an etching method using the same.
  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in KrF, ArF exposure apparatus and ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, and an etching method using the same.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same, and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above points, a pattern forming method capable of easily forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions, an etching method using the same, and An object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the same and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
  • a pattern forming method for forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions (I) The following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order to form a first negative pattern in the first region on the substrate.
  • Process, (I-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate.
  • I-2) a step of exposing the first film using a region other than the first region as a non-exposed portion.
  • I-3) the exposed first film.
  • step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2), and the following step (iii-3) are performed in this order, and in a second region different from the first region on the substrate, Forming a second negative pattern different from the first negative pattern, (Iii-1)
  • (Iii-2) a step of exposing the second film with a region other than the second region as a non-exposed portion (iii-3) the exposed second film Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the second negative pattern in the second region.
  • the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) is different from the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2), according to [1] or [2]. Pattern forming method.
  • the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are the same as described in [1] or [2].
  • Pattern forming method [5] An etching method in which an etching process is performed on the substrate using the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4] as a mask. [6] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4]. [7] An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to [6].
  • a pattern forming method capable of easily forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions, an etching method using the same, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same, and An electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method can be provided.
  • FIG. 1A to FIG. 1F are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10 and a second negative pattern 61 formed in the second region A2 on the substrate 10.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a notation that does not indicate substitution or non-substitution refers to a group (atomic group) having a substituent together with a group (atomic group) having no substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light and the like represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified. The exposure with the particle beam is also included in the exposure.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention is a pattern formation method for forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions, (I) The following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order to form a first negative pattern in the first region on the substrate.
  • Process and (I-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate.
  • (I-2) a step of exposing the first film using a region other than the first region as a non-exposed portion.
  • (I-3) the exposed first film. Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the first negative pattern in the first region (iii) the following step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2) and The following steps (iii-3) are performed in this order, and a second negative pattern different from the first negative pattern is formed in a second region different from the first region on the substrate.
  • Process, (Iii-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate.
  • (Iii-2) a step of exposing the second film with a region other than the second region as a non-exposed portion (iii-3) the exposed second film Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the second negative pattern in the second region in this order.
  • the second region is different from the first region in the step (iii).
  • a negative pattern for example, a hole pattern (first negative pattern) is laid out in the first area, and a line pattern (second negative pattern) is laid out in the second area.
  • first negative pattern is laid out in the first area
  • second negative pattern is laid out in the second area.
  • Each of the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern includes a resist film part and a space part from which the resist film part is removed to expose the substrate.
  • a shape and a size are not ask
  • Examples include a space pattern, an isolated space pattern in which the area of the resist film portion is larger than the area of the line-shaped space portion.
  • the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern do not indicate only individual resist film portions (for example, one line portion) or space portions, but individual resist patterns. It can also be said to be an assembly of film portions or space portions.
  • first region and the second region are different regions on the substrate, and the first negative pattern formed in the first region and the second negative type formed in the second region. Does not overlap with the pattern.
  • first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are line and space patterns, the line portion of the second negative pattern is not formed in the space portion of the first negative pattern. .
  • the resins contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) both increase in polarity by the action of an acid and contain an organic solvent. It is a resin whose solubility in a developer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “organic developer”) is reduced.
  • FIG. 1A to FIG. 1F are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10 and a second negative pattern 61 formed in the second region A2 on the substrate 10.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10 and a second negative pattern 61 formed in the second region A2 on the substrate 10.
  • step (i) As shown in FIGS. 1 (a) to 1 (c), the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order.
  • the first negative pattern 51 having a plurality of hole portions (space portions) arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction is formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10, for example.
  • an active material containing a resin on the substrate 10 whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced.
  • a resist film (first film 50) is formed using the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1).
  • the first film 50 may be formed in the entire region on the substrate 10 as shown in FIG. 1A, or in a part of the region including the first region A1. May be formed only.
  • the substrate is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 or SiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin On Glass), a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head
  • an underlayer film such as an antireflection film may be formed between the first film and the substrate.
  • an organic antireflection film, an inorganic antireflection film, and the like can be appropriately selected.
  • the underlayer film material is available from Brewer Science, Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • As a lower layer film suitable for the process of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent for example, a lower layer film described in WO2012 / 039337A can be mentioned.
  • the method of forming the first film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) typically comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the material (1) can be applied on the substrate, and as a coating method, a conventionally known spin coating method, spray method, roller coating method, dipping method or the like can be used.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is applied.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) will be described later in detail.
  • the thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 160 nm, more preferably 50 to 140 nm, and still more preferably 60 to 120 nm.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (i-1) and the step (i-2).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (i-2) and the step (i-3).
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • the preheating step and / or the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
  • the first film 50 is exposed using a region other than the first region A1 (including the second region A2) as a non-exposed portion. It is a process.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) forming the first film 50 is a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is reduced, As will be described later, it usually contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the non-exposed portion (second region A2) of the first film 50 is removed and the exposed portion is the first portion.
  • a first negative pattern 51 is formed in one area A1.
  • the step (i-2) is not a step in which only the region other than the first region A1 is set as a non-exposed portion. That is, in the present invention, a space portion is also formed (patterned) in the first film 50 existing in the first region A1, and naturally, in the first region A1, there is no place corresponding to the space portion. A non-exposed portion is formed.
  • the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure apparatus is not limited, but examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams.
  • far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like, preferably KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam.
  • Step (i-2) may include a plurality of exposure steps.
  • the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV
  • a mask M1 a hole pattern mask having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction as light shielding portions. Can be used.
  • the mask used in the step (i-2) is not limited to this, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the first negative pattern, for example, a line portion as a light shielding portion, It is also possible to use a mask having a line-and-space pattern having a space portion as a light transmission portion and having a ratio of the width of the line portion to the width of the space portion of 1: 1.
  • an immersion exposure method can be applied.
  • the immersion exposure method is a technique for increasing the resolving power and performing exposure by filling a space between a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”).
  • immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as phase shift method and modified illumination method.
  • the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the first film. It is preferable to use water from the viewpoint of easy availability and ease of handling.
  • an additive liquid that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
  • This additive is preferably an additive that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is further provided as necessary. Can be added.
  • the receding contact angle of the first film is preferably 60 ° to 90 °, more preferably 70 ° or more.
  • the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head scanning the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern, so that the dynamic state is reached. In this case, the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film (first film) becomes important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
  • top coat A soluble film (hereinafter also referred to as “top coat”) may be provided. Functions necessary for the top coat include suitability for application to the resist upper layer, transparency to radiation, particularly radiation having a wavelength of 193 nm, and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the resist and can be uniformly applied to the resist upper layer. From the viewpoint of transparency at 193 nm, the topcoat is preferably a polymer that does not contain aromatics.
  • hydrocarbon polymers acrylic ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, and fluorine-containing polymers.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) is also suitable as a top coat. When impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, the optical lens is contaminated. Therefore, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
  • a developer When peeling the top coat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having a small penetration into the first film is preferable. It is preferable that the peeling process can be carried out with an alkali developer in that the peeling process can be performed simultaneously with the development process of the first film.
  • the top coat is preferably acidic from the viewpoint of peeling with an alkali developer, but may be neutral or alkaline from the viewpoint of non-intermixability with the first film. There is preferably no or small difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. In this case, the resolution can be improved.
  • the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm)
  • the top coat for ArF immersion exposure is close to the refractive index of water (1.44).
  • a topcoat is a thin film from a viewpoint of transparency and a refractive index.
  • the top coat is not mixed with the first film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid.
  • the solvent used for the topcoat is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “resin composition”) in the present invention. It is preferably a medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used and is insoluble in water. Further, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
  • the illumination light source shape in the exposure of step (i-2) includes, in addition to normal illumination, for example, dipole illumination, quadrupole illumination, annular illumination, special deformation illumination, etc., depending on the desired pattern
  • the optimal illumination light source shape can be selected.
  • quadrupole illumination is preferably used when a pattern mask including a hole pattern region is used
  • dipole illumination is preferably used when a pattern mask including a line and space pattern is used.
  • a pattern mask for example, a pattern mask in which an isolated space pattern is formed in which the area of the light transmission part is larger than the area of the light shielding part is used.
  • normal illumination is preferably used.
  • quadrupole illumination is preferable.
  • step (i-3) Development of first film>
  • step (i-3) the exposed first film 50 is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent, and the first negative type is formed in the first area A1.
  • step (i-2) the exposed portion of the first film 50 has reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • step (i-3) by developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, the non-exposed portion of the first film 50 is removed, and the first negative pattern 51 is formed.
  • a first negative pattern 51 that is a hole pattern is formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
  • the first film is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern.
  • the developer include ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohols.
  • Polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents such as system solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, and isophorone.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, Examples thereof include butyl lactate, propyl lactate, and propylene carbonate.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butano It can be mentioned glycol ether solvents such as Le.
  • ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, phenetole, dibutyl ether and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-
  • Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone.
  • Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc.
  • Ester solvents alcohol solvents such as n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol , Glycol solvents such as triethylene glycol, and glycols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol Ether solvents, ether solvents such as phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl- - pyrrolidone, N, N- dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, oc
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in the specifications of US Pat.
  • the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • a nonionic surfactant it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • a nitrogen-containing compound amine or the like
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed between step (i-2) and step (i-3) or between step (i-3) and step (iii-1) (steps described later (In the case of carrying out ii), a step of developing with an alkaline developer may be further provided between step (i-3) and step (ii).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
  • examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia.
  • Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alkaline aqueous solutions such as alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine can be used.
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the surfactant include the above-described surfactants.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step (i-3) and a step (ii) between step (i-3) and step (iii-1) (when step (ii) described later is performed) It is preferable that a step (rinsing step) of washing with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent is included after the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse liquid a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include the same solvents as described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing with an alkaline developer, it is preferable to include a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step).
  • a rinsing solution in this case, pure water is used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
  • the cleaning method in the rinsing step is not particularly limited.
  • a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), a substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid Can be applied for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), etc.
  • a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and the substrate is washed at 2000 rpm or more after cleaning. It is preferable to rotate at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • a heating step (ii) May be implemented.
  • the solvent resistance of the first negative pattern formed in the step (i-3) can be further improved, and in the subsequent step (iii-1), an active sensitivity is formed on the first negative pattern.
  • the temperature in this heating step is preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 170 ° C. or higher.
  • the said temperature is normally made into 240 degrees C or less.
  • the heating time in this heating step is about 30 to 120 seconds. It is preferable that the heating step be performed in such a temperature range and time, since it is considered that the decomposition residue of the organic matter volatilizes and becomes insoluble in the solvent.
  • the first negative pattern 51 contains a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and has reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and has sufficient solvent resistance. Although application is not required, the present invention does not exclude the application of a known freezing material to the first negative pattern.
  • the following step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2) and the following step (iii-3) are carried out.
  • a second negative pattern 61 different from the first negative pattern 51 is formed in a second area A2 different from the first area A1 on the substrate 10.
  • step (iii-1) as shown in FIG. 1 (d), an active material containing a resin on the substrate 10 whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced.
  • a resist film (second film 60) is formed using the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2).
  • the second film 60 may be formed only in the second region A2 on the substrate 10, or the first negative pattern 51 as shown in FIG. It may also be formed in the space portion.
  • the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is the same as the step (i-1) in which the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive material is formed. This is the same as the method of forming the first film using the conductive resin composition (1).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) will be described in detail later.
  • the preferable range of the thickness of the second film is the same as the range described as the preferable range of the thickness of the first film, but the thickness of the second film is the same as the thickness of the first film. May be different.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (iii-1) and the step (iii-2).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (iii-2) and the step (iii-3).
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • the preheating step and / or the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
  • Step (iii-2) Exposure of second film>
  • Step (iii-2) is a step of exposing the second film 60 using a region other than the second region A2 as a non-exposed portion as shown in FIG.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) forming the second film 60 is a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is decreased, As will be described later, it usually contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • step (iii-3) when development is performed using an organic developer, the non-exposed portion of the second film 60 (the second portion formed in the space portion of the first negative pattern 51). The second film 60) is removed, and a second negative pattern 61 is formed in the second region A2 that was the exposed portion.
  • step (iii-2) is not a step in which only the region other than the second region A2 is set as a non-exposed portion. That is, in the present invention, since the space portion is also formed in the second film 60 existing in the second region A2, naturally, in the second region A2, the non-exposed portion is not provided at the location corresponding to the space portion. It is formed.
  • the mask pattern in the mask M2 in the step (iii-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a mask pattern different from the mask M1 used in the step (i-2).
  • a mask having a line part as a part and a space part as a light transmission part and having a pattern (isolated trench pattern) in which the area of the light transmission part is larger than the area of the light shielding part is used.
  • the mask in the step (iii-2) is not limited to the above-described mask, and depends on the shape of the desired second negative pattern, etc. It can be selected as appropriate.
  • the method described in the exposure in the step (iii-2) can be similarly employed.
  • the illumination light source shape in the exposure in the step (iii-2) includes, for example, normal illumination, dipole illumination, quadrupole illumination, annular illumination, special deformation illumination, and the like.
  • the optimal illumination light source shape can be selected according to the desired pattern. In the present embodiment, since the second negative pattern is an isolated space pattern, normal illumination is preferable in this case.
  • Step (iii-3) Development of second film>
  • step (iii-3) the exposed second film 60 is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent, and the second negative type is formed in the second region A2.
  • the developer and the developing method in the organic developer in the step (iii-3) the developer and the developing method described in the organic developer in the step (i-3) can be used similarly.
  • the solubility of the exposed portion of the second film 60 in the organic developer is reduced. Therefore, in the step (iii-3), by developing using an organic developer, the non-exposed portion of the second film 60 is removed, and the second negative pattern 61 is formed.
  • the first negative pattern 51 that is a hole pattern and the second negative pattern 61 that is an isolated space pattern are formed on the substrate 10. Are formed in different regions. Needless to say, the resist pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3). You may do it.
  • an alkali developer similar to the alkali developer described above can be used.
  • an alkali development method similar to the alkali development method described above is employed. it can.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is a step of washing with a rinse solution containing an organic solvent after the step (iii-3), that is, after developing with a developer containing an organic solvent. (Rinse process) is preferably included.
  • the rinsing liquid in this case, the rinsing liquid described in the step of rinsing with the rinsing liquid containing the organic solvent (rinsing step) that may be included after the step of developing with the developing solution containing the organic solvent is used. It can be used similarly.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkaline developer between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3).
  • a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step) after the step of developing with an alkaline developer.
  • the rinsing liquid in this case, pure water is used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
  • the method for the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and any known method can be used, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate.
  • Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like can be performed.
  • the first negative pattern and / or the second negative pattern in the present embodiment described above may be formed by performing patterning of the resist film twice or more.
  • the pattern forming step in which the step (i) of forming the first negative pattern includes the step (i-1), the step (i-2), and the step (i-3) in this order. May be included multiple times.
  • the step (iii) of forming the second negative pattern includes a pattern forming step including the step (iii-1), the step (iii-2), and the step (iii-3) in this order. It may be included multiple times.
  • a plurality of pattern forming steps may further include a heating step between two successive pattern forming steps.
  • a first negative pattern is formed on the substrate as follows. For example, a line and space pattern having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
  • the first negative pattern has, for example, a line width and a space width of 1: 3 line and space patterns are formed.
  • the line portion of the line and space pattern is formed in the space portion of the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation step.
  • the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation process and the line and space pattern formed in the subsequent pattern formation process are formed on the substrate.
  • a 1: 1 first negative pattern is formed.
  • a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed.
  • the hole pattern is formed as the first negative pattern in the step (i) and the line pattern is formed as the second negative pattern in the step (iii).
  • a line pattern may be formed in (i), and a hole pattern may be formed in step (iii).
  • the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are not limited to the patterns described above.
  • both the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern may be line patterns, and the first negative pattern line and the second negative pattern line are not parallel,
  • the pattern may be a vertical pattern (see, for example, FIGS. 5 and 8 described later).
  • both the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are hole patterns, and the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are mutually aligned with each other, It may be a pattern in which at least one of the pitches is different.
  • half of the rectangular area on the substrate is the first area and the other half is the second area.
  • the method of dividing the area is not limited to this.
  • 4 to 6 are plan views showing other embodiments of the present invention. 4 to 6, in the rectangular area on the substrate 10, the rectangular first area A1 occupies the center, and the first area A1 is surrounded by the second area A2.
  • a hole pattern (preferably quadrupole illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern (normal illumination is preferable) as a line pattern is formed as the second negative pattern 61. Yes.
  • FIG. 1 is preferably quadrupole illumination
  • a line and space pattern (preferably dipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern (normal illumination) is formed as the second negative pattern 61. Is preferred).
  • the lines of the first negative pattern and the lines of the second negative pattern are non-parallel and perpendicular.
  • a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole portion being a space portion is formed as the second negative pattern 61).
  • An isolated space pattern is formed (usually illumination is preferred).
  • the mode in which two different patterns are formed in two different regions has been described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and three or more different patterns are formed in three or more different regions. It may be formed.
  • the second negative pattern is formed in the step (iii) and the first negative pattern is formed in the step (i)
  • the second negative pattern is formed in the step (iii).
  • the pattern formation method of this invention may have one or more processes similar to process (i) or process (iii) after process (i) and process (iii). You can also. 7 to 9 are plan views showing still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the rectangular first area A1 is arranged at the lower left in the figure.
  • the third area A3 occupies the center of the upper half in the figure, and the rest is the second area A2.
  • a hole pattern (preferably quadrupole illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern that is a line pattern (normal illumination is preferable) is formed as the second negative pattern 61.
  • a line-and-space pattern (dipole illumination is preferable) which is a line pattern is formed.
  • a line and space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole portion that is a space portion is formed) as the second negative pattern 61.
  • An isolated space pattern (isolated illumination is preferable) is formed, and a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) that is a line pattern is formed as the third negative pattern 71.
  • the first negative pattern line and the third negative pattern line are non-parallel and perpendicular to each other.
  • a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole part that is a space part is formed) as the second negative pattern 61.
  • An isolated space pattern (isolated illumination is preferable) is formed, and an isolated space pattern that is a line pattern (normal illumination is preferable) is formed as the third negative pattern 71.
  • the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is applied to a spacer process core material (core) as disclosed in JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509. Is also possible. Furthermore, it can also be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823). In addition, application to various uses is possible.
  • core spacer process core material
  • this invention relates also to the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the pattern formation method of this invention mentioned above, and the electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the manufactured electronic device is preferably mounted on an electric / electronic device (home appliance, OA / media related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a resist composition, and is a negative resist composition (that is, a resist composition for developing an organic solvent).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • Resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced, for example, Resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) having a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid on the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both of the main chain and the side chain Acid-decomposable resin "or" resin (A) ").
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
  • Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group (alcoholic means that it does not show acidity like a so-called phenolic hydroxyl group), and a sulfonic acid group.
  • a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
  • Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by exposure with KrF light or EUV light, or electron beam irradiation, it is also preferable to use an acid-decomposable group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected with an acid leaving group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • this repeating unit include the following.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure. The ring structure may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
  • the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
  • the alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group for X a1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group.
  • X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. Are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring and a cyclohexyl ring; a norbornane ring, a tetracyclodecane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, an adamantane ring
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents 0 or a positive integer.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
  • Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the combination is not particularly limited.
  • (3) Decomposed by the action of an acid
  • a combination of two types of repeating units that generate a carboxyl group (having different structures) can be considered.
  • the preferable combination in the case of (3) is illustrated for reference.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) is not particularly limited.
  • the lower limit of the unit is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 25 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more. .
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure. Specific examples are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably from 3 to 25 mol% based on all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 15 mol%.
  • Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less.
  • content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) further has a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and / or an aromatic ring structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. be able to.
  • the content of this repeating unit is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
  • the resin (A) used for the resin composition (1) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • resin composition (1) contains resin (D) mentioned below, it is preferred that resin (A) does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom from a compatible viewpoint with resin (D).
  • the resin (A) used in the resin composition (1) is preferably a resin in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • a resin in which all repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, a resin in which all repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, and a resin in which all repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (A) When the resin composition (1) is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring. May be.
  • the repeating unit having an aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is also exemplified in the above description of each repeating unit, but a styrene unit, a hydroxystyrene unit, a phenyl (meth) acrylate unit, a hydroxyphenyl (meth) acrylate. Examples include units.
  • the resin (A) is a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit and a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected by an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having the aromatic ring, and (meth) Examples thereof include a resin having a repeating unit in which the carboxylic acid moiety of acrylic acid is protected by an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a protective group that easily undergoes acid decomposition.
  • repeating unit examples include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ) or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) ( A structure represented by OR 39 ) (a structure commonly referred to as an acetal type protecting group) is preferred.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized and purified according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is generally 1,000 or more, preferably 7,000 to 200,000, more preferably 7,000 to 50, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 7,000, still more preferably 7,000 to 40,000,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 30,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7000, the solubility in an organic developer becomes too high, and there is a concern that a precise pattern cannot be formed.
  • the dispersity (molecular weight distribution, Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4. Resins in the range of ⁇ 2.0 are used. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
  • the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the whole composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
  • Resin (A) may be used by 1 type and may be used together.
  • resin (A) the composition ratio of repeating units is a molar ratio
  • the present invention is not limited to these.
  • supported by resin (A) is also illustrated.
  • the resin exemplified below is an example of a resin that can be suitably used particularly during EUV exposure or electron beam exposure.
  • Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation Resin composition (1) is usually a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generation”. Also referred to as “agent”.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • photo-initiator of photocation polymerization photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc.
  • the known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
  • Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
  • acid generators particularly preferred examples are given below.
  • the acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, ⁇ 0200> to ⁇ 0210> of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-1007055A and ⁇ 2011/02093280 ⁇ 0051> to ⁇ 0058>, International Publication No. 2008/153110, ⁇ 0382> to ⁇ 0385> and the like.
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) usually contains a solvent.
  • the solvent that can be used in preparing the resin composition (1) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, and cyclic lactones (preferably Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms and optionally having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate. Specific examples of these solvents include the solvents described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 ⁇ 0441> to ⁇ 0455>.
  • a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed and used.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate
  • ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • a plurality of solvents that do not contain a hydroxyl group in the structure may be used in combination.
  • this combination include PGMEA and cyclohexanone, PGMEA and cyclopentanone, PGMEA and ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA and 2-heptanone, and the like.
  • the mixing ratio (mass) is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • a suitable amount of a solvent having a relatively high boiling point such as ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • Examples of the combinations include PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ cyclohexanone, PGMEA ⁇ PGME ⁇ 2-heptanone, PGMEA ⁇ cyclohexanone ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA ⁇ ⁇ -butyrolactone ⁇ 2-heptanone, and the like.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin for various purposes.
  • the resin composition (1) when the resin composition (1) is applied to EUV exposure, it is also preferable to use a hydrophobic resin in anticipation of outgas suppression and pattern shape adjustment.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above.
  • unlike the surfactant it is not always necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. Does not have to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the resin composition (1) is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the resin composition (1). Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 7% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the resin composition (1) which does not change over time, such as a foreign substance in liquid and sensitivity, is obtained.
  • the molecular weight distribution is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D),
  • the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below.
  • the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), weight average molecular weight, and degree of dispersion.
  • the resin composition (1) preferably contains a basic compound.
  • the resin composition (1) has a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (N)”) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to contain.
  • the compound (N) is preferably a compound (N-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (N) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation.
  • An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the compound (N) include the following compounds.
  • examples of the compound (N) include the compounds (A-1) to (A-44) described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US patent applications.
  • the compounds (A-1) to (A-23) described in JP 2012/0156617 A can also be preferably used in the present invention.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (N) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
  • the resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N) is based on the solid content of the resin composition (1).
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) is a basic compound (N) different from the compound (N) as a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating. ') May be included.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound (N ′) include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A ′) to (E ′).
  • RA 200 , RA 201 and RA 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), wherein RA 201 and RA 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • RA 203 , RA 204 , RA 205 and RA 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, A 20 hydroxyalkyl group or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Specific examples of the basic compound (N ′) include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable specific examples include an imidazole structure.
  • Diazabicyclo structure onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, aniline structure or pyridine structure compound, alkylamine derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, aniline derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond Etc.
  • Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4, 0] Undecaker 7-ene and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) Examples include sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like.
  • the compound having an onium carboxylate structure is a compound in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate.
  • Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine.
  • Examples of the compound having an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like.
  • alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine.
  • aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Specific examples thereof include, but are not limited to, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in ⁇ 0066> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0224539. Absent.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a nitrogen-containing organic compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid as one kind of the basic compound (N ′).
  • N ′ the basic compound
  • the above compound can be synthesized, for example, according to the method described in JP-A-2009-199021.
  • the molecular weight of the basic compound (N ′) is preferably 250 to 2000, more preferably 400 to 1000. From the viewpoint of further reduction in LWR and uniformity of local pattern dimensions, the molecular weight of the basic compound is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and even more preferably 600 or more. . These basic compounds (N ′) may be used in combination with the compound (N), or may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin composition (1) in the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N ′), but when it is contained, the amount of the basic compound (N ′) used is the resin composition (1). ) Is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain an onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound.
  • This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
  • Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom.
  • the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
  • the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • As the sulfonium cation for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
  • the structure demonstrated in the compound (B) can also be mentioned preferably.
  • a specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
  • the resin composition (1) is a compound included in the formula (I) of JP2012-189977A, and the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A as a basic compound.
  • a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2013-8020A a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2012-252124A, and the like.
  • a compound having both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure (hereinafter also referred to as a betaine compound) may also be contained.
  • the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable.
  • the acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
  • the resin composition (1) may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom) It is more preferable to contain any one of these or 2 or more types.
  • the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, it is possible to provide a resist pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It becomes.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant examples include surfactants described in ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425, such as Fluorard FC430, 431, 4430 (Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.).
  • fluoroaliphatic produced by a telomerization method also referred to as telomer method
  • an oligomerization method also referred to as oligomer method
  • a surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from a compound can be used.
  • the fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in ⁇ 0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass based on the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), More preferably, it is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent) the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased. Can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt.
  • carboxylic acid onium salts include carboxylic acid onium salts described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 ⁇ 0605> to ⁇ 0606>.
  • the content is generally 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). 5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 7% by mass.
  • the resin composition (1) may contain a so-called acid proliferating agent as necessary.
  • the acid proliferating agent is particularly preferably used when performing the pattern forming method of the present invention by EUV exposure or electron beam irradiation. Although it does not specifically limit as a specific example of an acid multiplication agent, For example, the following is mentioned.
  • the resin composition (1) may further include a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a molecular weight of 1000).
  • a dye for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a photosensitizer for example, a photosensitizer
  • a light absorber for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • an alkali-soluble resin for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a dissolution inhibitor for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • a compound that promotes solubility in a developer for example, a molecular weight of 1000
  • phenol compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group, and the like can be contained.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (2)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
  • the resin composition (2) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases. Examples of such a resin include the same resins as those described in the resin composition (1) whose resin increases in polarity by the action of the acid and decreases in solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the preferable range of the resin content relative to the total amount of the product (1) is also the same as the range described in the resin composition (1).
  • the resin composition (2) can similarly contain the above-described components that the resin composition (1) can contain, and the preferred range of the content of each component relative to the total amount of the resin composition (2). Is the same as the range described in the resin composition (1).
  • the film thicknesses of the resin compositions (1) and (2) are each preferably 30 to 250 nm, more preferably 30 to 200 nm, respectively, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
  • the solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.3%. % By mass. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate.
  • the solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of the other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the resin composition (1) or (2).
  • Resin compositions (1) and (2) are used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) may be the same as or different from each other. It should be noted that the intermix between the two is less likely to be a problem when, for example, the first negative pattern is formed in the step (i-3) and then the heat curing (heating) is performed as in the heating step (ii). It can be considered, but this does not preclude resist design in consideration of intermix problems.
  • a solvent contained in the resin composition (2) a solvent that dissolves the resin of the resin composition (2) but does not dissolve the resin of the resin composition (1). It is possible to choose.
  • the solvent contained in the resin composition (2) includes the solvents mentioned above as the rinse liquid containing an organic solvent. Preferable examples can be given.
  • the compositional ratio (molar ratio) of repeating units in Resin Pol-02 measured by 13 C-NMR was 40/50/10.
  • Resin Pol-01 and Resins Pol-03 to 22 were synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of Resin Pol-02 except that the monomers used in the synthesis of Resin Pol-02 were changed.
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of repeating units in the resins Pol-01 to 22 are shown below.
  • the acid generators in Table 4 are as follows.
  • the surfactants in Table 4 are as follows.
  • W-1 MegaFuck F176 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine-based)
  • W-2 Megafuck R08 (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine and silicon)
  • W-3 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
  • W-5 KH-20 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)
  • W-6 PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system)
  • Examples 1 to 32 Pattern Forming Method> As described below, a silicon wafer on which an antireflection film is formed is used as a substrate, and a hole pattern (first negative pattern) is formed in a partial region (first region) on the substrate. An attempt was made to form an isolated space pattern (second negative pattern) in a region (second region) different from the region.
  • ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, C-quad20, XY polarization, ⁇ out / in 0.981 / 0.895) is used for the first film and a mask (6% halftone hole pattern) Pattern exposure through a pattern pitch of 90 nm and critical dimension of 45 nm). Note that quadrupole illumination was used as the illumination light source shape. At this time, a mask in which a hole pattern was formed only in a portion corresponding to the first region and a light shielding portion was used in the other portion so that only the first region was subjected to pattern exposure. Next, after performing 2nd heating (PEB1) at 100 degreeC for 60 second, organic solvent image development was implemented using butyl acetate, and the 1st negative pattern was obtained.
  • PEB1 2nd heating
  • the first negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to third heating (Post Bake 1) at 200 ° C. for 60 seconds.
  • ArF excimer laser immersion scanner manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.75, Annual XY polarization, ⁇ out / in 0.97 / 0.740 is used for the second film, and a mask (6% halftone isolated trench pattern, Critical (Dimension: 100 nm).
  • a mask 6% halftone isolated trench pattern, Critical (Dimension: 100 nm).
  • an isolated trench pattern was formed only in a portion corresponding to the second region so that only the second region was subjected to pattern exposure, and a mask having a light shielding portion in other portions was used.
  • normal illumination was used as the illumination light source shape.
  • patterns can be formed in the following modes.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound such as trioctylamine
  • an ArF excimer laser is used.
  • the exposure is replaced with EUV exposure
  • the resin in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition the above-mentioned “especially resins that can be suitably used in EUV exposure or electron beam exposure” Etc.] using the resin (resin containing an aromatic group) introduced as “
  • substrate 50 first film 51: first negative pattern 60: second film 61: second negative pattern 71: third negative pattern A1: first region A2: second Region A3: Third region M1: Mask M2: Mask

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)

Abstract

This pattern forming method is a method for forming a pattern wherein two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions. A first negative pattern is formed in a first region on a substrate, and a second negative pattern, which is different from the first negative pattern, is formed in a second region, which is different from the first region.

Description

パターン形成方法、エッチング方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイスPATTERN FORMING METHOD, ETCHING METHOD, ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
 本発明は、パターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法、並びに、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスに関する。より詳細には、本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶及びサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、MEMSなどの製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程に好適なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法に関する。特には、本発明は、波長が300nm以下の遠紫外線光を光源とするKrF、ArF露光装置及びArF液浸式投影露光装置での露光に好適なパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法、並びに、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an etching method using the pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, a manufacturing process such as a MEMS, and further a lithography process of other photofabrication. And an etching method using the same. In particular, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in KrF, ArF exposure apparatus and ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, and an etching method using the same. The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same, and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
 従来、高解像のトレンチパターン等を形成するため、種々の特性に優位性があり、かつ汎用性もあるポジ型の化学増幅型レジスト組成物と、有機溶剤を含有する現像液とを組み合わせたネガ型現像プロセス(ネガトーンイメージングプロセス)が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 Conventionally, in order to form a high-resolution trench pattern, etc., a positive chemically amplified resist composition having various characteristics and versatility and a developer containing an organic solvent are combined. A negative development process (negative tone imaging process) has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
特開2008-292975号公報JP 2008-292975 A 国際公開2012/157433号公報International Publication No. 2012/157433
 近年では、電子デバイスの多様化及び高機能化の要求に伴って、種々の形状の微細パターンをエッチング等により形成することが求められており、例えば、ホールパターンとラインパターンとが基板上の異なる領域にレイアウトされたようなレジストパターンや、孤立ラインパターンと密集ラインパターンの混在したレジストパターンなどを、容易に形成することが要求されている。
 本発明は、以上の点を鑑みてなされたものであり、2つ以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンを容易に形成できるパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法、並びに、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスを提供することを目的とする。
In recent years, with the demand for diversification and higher functionality of electronic devices, it has been required to form fine patterns of various shapes by etching or the like. For example, hole patterns and line patterns are different on a substrate. It is required to easily form a resist pattern laid out in a region or a resist pattern in which isolated line patterns and dense line patterns are mixed.
The present invention has been made in view of the above points, a pattern forming method capable of easily forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions, an etching method using the same, and An object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method including the same and an electronic device manufactured by the manufacturing method.
 本発明は、下記の構成であり、これにより本発明の上記課題が解決される。
 〔1〕2つ以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンを形成する、パターン形成方法であって、
(i)下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、基板上の第1の領域に、第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
 (i-1)上記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
 (i-2)上記第1の膜を、上記第1の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
 (i-3)上記露光した第1の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、上記第1の領域に上記第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
 及び、
(iii)下記工程(iii-1)、下記工程(iii-2)及び下記工程(iii-3)をこの順で行い、上記基板上の上記第1の領域とは異なる第2の領域に、上記第1のネガ型パターンとは異なる第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
 (iii-1)上記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程
 (iii-2)上記第2の膜を、上記第2の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
 (iii-3)上記露光した第2の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、上記第2の領域に上記第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
を有するパターン形成方法。
 〔2〕上記工程(i)と上記工程(iii)との間に、加熱工程(ii)を更に有する、〔1〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔3〕上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが異なっている、〔1〕または〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔4〕上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが同一である、〔1〕または〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔5〕〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法により形成されたパターンをマスクとして、上記基板に対してエッチング処理を行う、エッチング方法。
 〔6〕〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
 〔7〕〔6〕に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。
The present invention has the following configuration, which solves the above-described problems of the present invention.
[1] A pattern forming method for forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions,
(I) The following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order to form a first negative pattern in the first region on the substrate. Process,
(I-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (I-2) a step of exposing the first film using a region other than the first region as a non-exposed portion. (I-3) the exposed first film. Developing with a developer containing an organic solvent to form the first negative pattern in the first region; and
(Iii) The following step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2), and the following step (iii-3) are performed in this order, and in a second region different from the first region on the substrate, Forming a second negative pattern different from the first negative pattern,
(Iii-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (Iii-2) a step of exposing the second film with a region other than the second region as a non-exposed portion (iii-3) the exposed second film Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the second negative pattern in the second region.
[2] The pattern forming method according to [1], further including a heating step (ii) between the step (i) and the step (iii).
[3] The actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) is different from the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2), according to [1] or [2]. Pattern forming method.
[4] The actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are the same as described in [1] or [2]. Pattern forming method.
[5] An etching method in which an etching process is performed on the substrate using the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4] as a mask.
[6] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4].
[7] An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to [6].
 本発明によれば、2つ以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンを容易に形成できるパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法、並びに、これを含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスを提供できる。 According to the present invention, a pattern forming method capable of easily forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions, an etching method using the same, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the same, and An electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method can be provided.
図1(a)~図1(f)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法を説明するための概略断面図である。FIG. 1A to FIG. 1F are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method according to an embodiment of the present invention. 図2は、基板10上の第1の領域A1に形成された第1のネガ型パターン51を示す平面図である。FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10. 図3は、基板10上の第1の領域A1に形成された第1のネガ型パターン51と、基板10上の第2の領域A2に形成された第2のネガ型パターン61とを示す平面図である。FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10 and a second negative pattern 61 formed in the second region A2 on the substrate 10. FIG. 図4は、本発明の別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 4 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention. 図5は、本発明の別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 5 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention. 図6は、本発明の別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 6 is a plan view showing another embodiment of the present invention. 図7は、本発明のさらに別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention. 図8は、本発明のさらに別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 8 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention. 図9は、本発明のさらに別の実施形態を示す平面図である。FIG. 9 is a plan view showing still another embodiment of the present invention.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, a notation that does not indicate substitution or non-substitution refers to a group (atomic group) having a substituent together with a group (atomic group) having no substituent. Is also included. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
In addition, “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light and the like represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified. The exposure with the particle beam is also included in the exposure.
<パターン形成方法、及び、エッチング方法>
 以下に、本発明のパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いたエッチング方法について説明する。
 まず、本発明のパターン形成方法は、2つ以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンを形成する、パターン形成方法であって、
(i)下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、基板上の第1の領域に、第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、及び、
 (i-1)上記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
 (i-2)上記第1の膜を、上記第1の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
 (i-3)上記露光した第1の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、上記第1の領域に上記第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
(iii)下記工程(iii-1)、下記工程(iii-2)及び下記工程(iii-3)をこの順で行い、上記基板上の上記第1の領域とは異なる第2の領域に、上記第1のネガ型パターンとは異なる第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
 (iii-1)上記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程
 (iii-2)上記第2の膜を、上記第2の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
 (iii-3)上記露光した第2の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、上記第2の領域に上記第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
をこの順序で有するパターン形成方法である。
<Pattern formation method and etching method>
Below, the pattern formation method of this invention and the etching method using the same are demonstrated.
First, the pattern formation method of the present invention is a pattern formation method for forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions,
(I) The following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order to form a first negative pattern in the first region on the substrate. Process and
(I-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (I-2) a step of exposing the first film using a region other than the first region as a non-exposed portion. (I-3) the exposed first film. Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the first negative pattern in the first region (iii) the following step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2) and The following steps (iii-3) are performed in this order, and a second negative pattern different from the first negative pattern is formed in a second region different from the first region on the substrate. Process,
(Iii-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (Iii-2) a step of exposing the second film with a region other than the second region as a non-exposed portion (iii-3) the exposed second film Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the second negative pattern in the second region in this order.
 本発明のパターン形成方法によれば、工程(i)で第1の領域に第1のネガ型パターンを形成した後に、工程(iii)で第1の領域とは異なる第2の領域に第2のネガ型パターンを形成するため、例えば、ホールパターン(第1のネガ型パターン)が第1の領域にレイアウトされ、かつ、ラインパターン(第2のネガ型パターン)が第2の領域にレイアウトされたような、2以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたレジストパターンを容易に形成できる。 According to the pattern forming method of the present invention, after the first negative pattern is formed in the first region in the step (i), the second region is different from the first region in the step (iii). In order to form a negative pattern, for example, a hole pattern (first negative pattern) is laid out in the first area, and a line pattern (second negative pattern) is laid out in the second area. As described above, it is possible to easily form a resist pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions.
 なお、第1のネガ型パターン及び第2のネガ型パターンは、いずれも、レジスト膜部と、レジスト膜部が除去されて基板を露出させたスペース部とからなり、レジスト膜部及びスペース部の形状及びサイズは問わない。
 例えば、スペース部としての円孔状のホール部が行方向及び列方向に等間隔に形成されたホールパターン、レジスト膜部としてのライン状のライン部と同じくライン状のスペース部とを有するラインアンドスペースパターン、ライン状のスペース部の面積よりもレジスト膜部の面積が大きい孤立スペースパターン等が挙げられる。
 したがって、別の見方をすれば、第1のネガ型パターン及び第2のネガ型パターンは、個々のレジスト膜部(例えば1本のライン部)やスペース部のみを指すものではなく、個々のレジスト膜部又はスペース部の集合体であるともいえる。
Each of the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern includes a resist film part and a space part from which the resist film part is removed to expose the substrate. A shape and a size are not ask | required.
For example, a hole pattern in which circular hole portions as the space portions are formed at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction, and a line and having a line space portion as well as a line shape line portion as the resist film portion. Examples include a space pattern, an isolated space pattern in which the area of the resist film portion is larger than the area of the line-shaped space portion.
Accordingly, from another viewpoint, the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern do not indicate only individual resist film portions (for example, one line portion) or space portions, but individual resist patterns. It can also be said to be an assembly of film portions or space portions.
 もっとも、第1の領域と第2の領域とは基板上の互いに異なる領域であり、第1の領域に形成される第1のネガ型パターンと第2の領域に形成される第2のネガ型パターンとは重ならない。例えば、第1のネガ型パターンと第2のネガ型パターンとが両方ともにラインアンドスペースパターンである場合、第1のネガ型パターンにおけるスペース部に、第2のネガ型パターンのライン部は形成されない。 However, the first region and the second region are different regions on the substrate, and the first negative pattern formed in the first region and the second negative type formed in the second region. Does not overlap with the pattern. For example, when both the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are line and space patterns, the line portion of the second negative pattern is not formed in the space portion of the first negative pattern. .
 ところで、架橋剤を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成し、露光後、未露光部をアルカリ現像液で溶解させることによりネガ型パターンを形成する方法においては、架橋体からなる露光部がアルカリ現像液によって膨潤しやすく、微細なパターンを形成するのが困難である場合がある。
 これに対して、本発明においては、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)及び(2)に含まれる樹脂が、いずれも、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、単に、「有機系現像液」ともいう。)に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂であり、露光部と未露光部との有機系現像液に対する溶解速度の差を利用して、ネガ型パターンを形成するため、微細なパターンであっても容易に形成できる。
By the way, in a method of forming a negative pattern by forming a resist film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a crosslinking agent, and dissolving an unexposed portion with an alkali developer after exposure. In some cases, the exposed portion made of a crosslinked product is easily swollen by an alkali developer, and it is difficult to form a fine pattern.
In contrast, in the present invention, the resins contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (1) and (2) both increase in polarity by the action of an acid and contain an organic solvent. It is a resin whose solubility in a developer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “organic developer”) is reduced. By utilizing the difference in dissolution rate in an organic developer between an exposed area and an unexposed area, a negative Since the mold pattern is formed, even a fine pattern can be easily formed.
<本発明の一実施形態>
 次に、図1~図3に基づいて、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法について説明する。
 図1(a)~図1(f)は、それぞれ、本発明の一実施形態に係るパターン形成方法を説明するための概略断面図である。
 図2は、基板10上の第1の領域A1に形成された第1のネガ型パターン51を示す平面図である。
 図3は、基板10上の第1の領域A1に形成された第1のネガ型パターン51と、基板10上の第2の領域A2に形成された第2のネガ型パターン61とを示す平面図である。
<One Embodiment of the Present Invention>
Next, a pattern forming method according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 1A to FIG. 1F are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining a pattern forming method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
FIG. 3 is a plan view showing a first negative pattern 51 formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10 and a second negative pattern 61 formed in the second region A2 on the substrate 10. FIG.
<工程(i):第1のネガ型パターンの形成>
 工程(i)では、まず、図1(a)~図1(c)に示すように、下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、基板10上の第1の領域A1に、例えば、行方向及び列方向に等間隔に配列された複数のホール部(スペース部)を有する第1のネガ型パターン51を形成する。
<Process (i): Formation of first negative pattern>
In step (i), as shown in FIGS. 1 (a) to 1 (c), the following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order. Then, the first negative pattern 51 having a plurality of hole portions (space portions) arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction is formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10, for example.
<工程(i-1):第1の膜の形成>
 工程(i-1)は、図1(a)に示すように、基板10上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いてレジスト膜(第1の膜50)を形成する工程である。
 工程(i-1)において、第1の膜50は、図1(a)に示すように基板10上の全領域に形成されてもよいし、第1の領域A1を含む一部の領域にのみ形成されてもよい。
<Step (i-1): Formation of first film>
In the step (i-1), as shown in FIG. 1 (a), an active material containing a resin on the substrate 10 whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced. In this step, a resist film (first film 50) is formed using the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1).
In step (i-1), the first film 50 may be formed in the entire region on the substrate 10 as shown in FIG. 1A, or in a part of the region including the first region A1. May be formed only.
 基板は、特に限定されるものではなく、シリコン、SiOやSiN等の無機基板、SOG(Spin On Glass)等の塗布系無機基板等、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。更に、必要に応じて反射防止膜等の下層膜を第1の膜と基板の間に形成させてもよい。下層膜としては、有機反射防止膜、無機反射防止膜、その他適宜選択することができる。下層膜材料はブリューワーサイエンス社、日産化学工業株式会社等から入手可能である。有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像するプロセスに好適な下層膜としては、例えば、WO2012/039337Aに記載の下層膜が挙げられる。 The substrate is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 or SiN, a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin On Glass), a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head A substrate generally used in a substrate manufacturing process, and also in other photofabrication lithography processes can be used. Furthermore, if necessary, an underlayer film such as an antireflection film may be formed between the first film and the substrate. As the lower layer film, an organic antireflection film, an inorganic antireflection film, and the like can be appropriately selected. The underlayer film material is available from Brewer Science, Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. As a lower layer film suitable for the process of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, for example, a lower layer film described in WO2012 / 039337A can be mentioned.
 工程(i-1)において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する方法は、典型的には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を基板上に塗布することにより実施でき、塗布方法としては、従来公知のスピンコート法、スプレー法、ローラーコート法、浸漬法などを用いることができ、好ましくはスピンコート法により感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を塗布する。
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)については、後に詳述する。
In the step (i-1), the method of forming the first film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) typically comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The material (1) can be applied on the substrate, and as a coating method, a conventionally known spin coating method, spray method, roller coating method, dipping method or the like can be used. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is applied.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) will be described later in detail.
 第1の膜の膜厚は、20~160nmであることが好ましく、50~140nmであることがより好ましく、60~120nmであることが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the first film is preferably 20 to 160 nm, more preferably 50 to 140 nm, and still more preferably 60 to 120 nm.
<前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程>
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-1)と工程(i-2)との間に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-2)と工程(i-3)との間に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
 前加熱工程及び/又は露光後加熱工程は、複数回の加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Pre-heating step and post-exposure heating step>
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (i-1) and the step (i-2).
In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (i-2) and the step (i-3).
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
The preheating step and / or the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
<工程(i-2):第1の膜の露光>
 工程(i-2)は、図1(b)に示すように、第1の膜50を、第1の領域A1以外の領域(第2の領域A2を含む)を非露光部として、露光する工程である。
 このとき、第1の膜50を形成する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)は、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機系現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂のほか、後述するように、通常、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含有している。このため、第1の膜50の露光部(第1の領域A1)においては、酸が発生し、発生した酸の作用により極性が増大して有機系現像液に対する溶解性が減少する。こうして、後述する工程(i-3)において、有機系現像液を用いて現像した場合、第1の膜50の非露光部(第2の領域A2)が除去されて、露光部であった第1の領域A1に第1のネガ型パターン51が形成される。
 もっとも、工程(i-2)は、第1の領域A1以外の領域のみを非露光部とする工程ではない。すなわち、本発明では、第1の領域A1に存在する第1の膜50にもスペース部を形成する(パターニングする)から、当然、第1の領域A1においても、スペース部に対応する箇所には非露光部は形成される。
<Step (i-2): Exposure of first film>
In step (i-2), as shown in FIG. 1B, the first film 50 is exposed using a region other than the first region A1 (including the second region A2) as a non-exposed portion. It is a process.
At this time, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) forming the first film 50 is a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is reduced, As will be described later, it usually contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. For this reason, in the exposed part (first area A1) of the first film 50, an acid is generated, the polarity is increased by the action of the generated acid, and the solubility in the organic developer is decreased. Thus, in the step (i-3) to be described later, when development is performed using an organic developer, the non-exposed portion (second region A2) of the first film 50 is removed and the exposed portion is the first portion. A first negative pattern 51 is formed in one area A1.
However, the step (i-2) is not a step in which only the region other than the first region A1 is set as a non-exposed portion. That is, in the present invention, a space portion is also formed (patterned) in the first film 50 existing in the first region A1, and naturally, in the first region A1, there is no place corresponding to the space portion. A non-exposed portion is formed.
 工程(i-2)の露光において、露光装置に用いられる光源波長に制限は無いが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましい。
 工程(i-2)は、複数回の露光工程を含んでいてもよい。
In the exposure of step (i-2), the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure apparatus is not limited, but examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams. Preferably, far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like, preferably KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam.
Step (i-2) may include a plurality of exposure steps.
 また、例えば、光源がKrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、又は、EUVである場合は、マスクを介して活性光線又は放射線を照射する(すなわち、露光する)ことが好ましい。
 このとき、本実施の形態においては、例えば、図1(b)に示すように、マスクM1として、行方向及び列方向に等間隔に配列された複数のホール部を遮光部として有するホールパターンマスクを用いることができる。
 もっとも、本発明において、工程(i-2)で用いるマスクは、これに限定されず、所望する第1のネガ型パターンの形状等に応じて適宜選択でき、例えば、遮光部としてのライン部と、光透過部としてのスペース部とを有するラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクであって、ライン部の幅とスペース部の幅の比が1:1のマスク等を用いることもできる。
For example, when the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV, it is preferable to irradiate (that is, expose) active light or radiation through a mask.
At this time, in the present embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 1B, as a mask M1, a hole pattern mask having a plurality of hole portions arranged at equal intervals in the row direction and the column direction as light shielding portions. Can be used.
However, in the present invention, the mask used in the step (i-2) is not limited to this, and can be appropriately selected according to the desired shape of the first negative pattern, for example, a line portion as a light shielding portion, It is also possible to use a mask having a line-and-space pattern having a space portion as a light transmission portion and having a ratio of the width of the line portion to the width of the space portion of 1: 1.
 また、工程(i-2)の露光においては液浸露光方法を適用できる。
 液浸露光方法とは、解像力を高める技術として、投影レンズと試料との間を高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たし露光する技術である。また、液浸露光は、位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。
In the exposure of step (i-2), an immersion exposure method can be applied.
The immersion exposure method is a technique for increasing the resolving power and performing exposure by filling a space between a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”). In addition, immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as phase shift method and modified illumination method.
 液浸露光を行う場合には、(1)基板上に第1の膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(2)液浸液を介して第1の膜に露光する工程の後、第1の膜を加熱する工程の前に、第1の膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。 When performing immersion exposure, (1) after the first film is formed on the substrate, before the exposure step and / or (2) the first film is exposed via the immersion liquid. After the step, before the step of heating the first film, a step of washing the surface of the first film with an aqueous chemical solution may be performed.
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ第1の膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましい。入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。 The immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the first film. It is preferable to use water from the viewpoint of easy availability and ease of handling.
 水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加してもよい。この添加剤はウエハー上のレジスト層を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できる添加剤が好ましい。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
When water is used, an additive (liquid) that reduces the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably an additive that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained.
 一方で、193nm光に対して不透明な物質や屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招くため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(DO)を用いたりしてもよい。
On the other hand, when an opaque substance or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water are mixed with respect to 193 nm light, the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. Therefore, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて形成した第1の膜を、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合には、必要に応じて更に後述の疎水性樹脂(D)を添加することができる。疎水性樹脂(D)が添加されることにより、表面の後退接触角が向上する。第1の膜の後退接触角は60°~90°が好ましく、更に好ましくは70°以上である。
 液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウエハー上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウエハー上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態に於けるレジスト膜(第1の膜)に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になり、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。
When the first film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is exposed through an immersion medium, the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is further provided as necessary. Can be added. By adding the hydrophobic resin (D), the receding contact angle of the surface is improved. The receding contact angle of the first film is preferably 60 ° to 90 °, more preferably 70 ° or more.
In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head scanning the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern, so that the dynamic state is reached. In this case, the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film (first film) becomes important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて形成した第1の膜と液浸液との間には、膜を直接、液浸液に接触させないために、液浸液難溶性膜(以下、「トップコート」ともいう)を設けてもよい。トップコートに必要な機能としては、レジスト上層部への塗布適性、放射線、特に193nmの波長を有した放射線に対する透明性、及び液浸液難溶性が挙げられる。トップコートは、レジストと混合せず、更にレジスト上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。
 トップコートは、193nmにおける透明性という観点からは、芳香族を含有しないポリマーが好ましい。
 具体的には、炭化水素ポリマー、アクリル酸エステルポリマー、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルエーテル、シリコン含有ポリマー、及びフッ素含有ポリマーなどが挙げられる。前述の疎水性樹脂(D)はトップコートとしても好適なものである。トップコートから液浸液へ不純物が溶出すると光学レンズが汚染されるため、トップコートに含まれるポリマーの残留モノマー成分は少ない方が好ましい。
Since the film is not directly contacted with the immersion liquid between the first film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) and the immersion liquid, it is difficult to make the immersion liquid. A soluble film (hereinafter also referred to as “top coat”) may be provided. Functions necessary for the top coat include suitability for application to the resist upper layer, transparency to radiation, particularly radiation having a wavelength of 193 nm, and poor immersion liquid solubility. It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the resist and can be uniformly applied to the resist upper layer.
From the viewpoint of transparency at 193 nm, the topcoat is preferably a polymer that does not contain aromatics.
Specific examples include hydrocarbon polymers, acrylic ester polymers, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyvinyl ether, silicon-containing polymers, and fluorine-containing polymers. The above-mentioned hydrophobic resin (D) is also suitable as a top coat. When impurities are eluted from the top coat into the immersion liquid, the optical lens is contaminated. Therefore, it is preferable that the residual monomer component of the polymer contained in the top coat is small.
 トップコートを剥離する際は、現像液を使用してもよいし、別途剥離剤を使用してもよい。剥離剤としては、第1の膜への浸透が小さい溶剤が好ましい。剥離工程が第1の膜の現像処理工程と同時にできるという点では、アルカリ現像液により剥離できることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液で剥離するという観点からは、トップコートは酸性であることが好ましいが、第1の膜との非インターミクス性の観点から、中性であってもアルカリ性であってもよい。
 トップコートと液浸液との間には屈折率の差がないか又は小さいことが好ましい。この場合、解像力を向上させることが可能となる。露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長:193nm)の場合には、液浸液として水を用いることが好ましいため、ArF液浸露光用トップコートは、水の屈折率(1.44)に近いことが好ましい。また、透明性及び屈折率の観点から、トップコートは薄膜であることが好ましい。
When peeling the top coat, a developer may be used, or a separate release agent may be used. As the release agent, a solvent having a small penetration into the first film is preferable. It is preferable that the peeling process can be carried out with an alkali developer in that the peeling process can be performed simultaneously with the development process of the first film. The top coat is preferably acidic from the viewpoint of peeling with an alkali developer, but may be neutral or alkaline from the viewpoint of non-intermixability with the first film.
There is preferably no or small difference in refractive index between the top coat and the immersion liquid. In this case, the resolution can be improved. When the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water as the immersion liquid. Therefore, the top coat for ArF immersion exposure is close to the refractive index of water (1.44). preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that a topcoat is a thin film from a viewpoint of transparency and a refractive index.
 トップコートは、第1の膜と混合せず、更に液浸液とも混合しないことが好ましい。この観点から、液浸液が水の場合には、トップコートに使用される溶剤は、本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「樹脂組成物」ともいう。)に使用される溶媒に難溶で、かつ非水溶性の媒体であることが好ましい。更に、液浸液が有機溶剤である場合には、トップコートは水溶性であっても非水溶性であってもよい。 It is preferable that the top coat is not mixed with the first film and further not mixed with the immersion liquid. From this viewpoint, when the immersion liquid is water, the solvent used for the topcoat is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “resin composition”) in the present invention. It is preferably a medium that is hardly soluble in the solvent used and is insoluble in water. Further, when the immersion liquid is an organic solvent, the topcoat may be water-soluble or water-insoluble.
 また、工程(i-2)の露光における照明光源形状としては、通常照明のほか、例えば、二極照明、四極照明、輪帯照明、特殊変形照明などが挙げられ、所望するパターンに応じて、最適な照明光源形状を選択できる。
 例えば、ホールパターン領域を含むパターンマスクを用いる場合には四極照明が好適に用いられ、ラインアンドスペースパターンを含むパターンマスクを用いる場合には二極照明が好適に用いられる。また、ホールパターンマスク又はラインアンドスペースパターンマスクのいずれであっても、光透過部の面積が遮光部の面積よりも大きいパターンマスク(例えば、孤立スペースパターンが形成されるようなパターンマスク)を用いる場合には通常照明が好適に用いられる。
 なお、本実施形態では、第1のネガ型パターンはホールパターンであるため、この場合、四極照明が好ましい。
In addition, the illumination light source shape in the exposure of step (i-2) includes, in addition to normal illumination, for example, dipole illumination, quadrupole illumination, annular illumination, special deformation illumination, etc., depending on the desired pattern, The optimal illumination light source shape can be selected.
For example, quadrupole illumination is preferably used when a pattern mask including a hole pattern region is used, and dipole illumination is preferably used when a pattern mask including a line and space pattern is used. In addition, whether it is a hole pattern mask or a line and space pattern mask, a pattern mask (for example, a pattern mask in which an isolated space pattern is formed) in which the area of the light transmission part is larger than the area of the light shielding part is used. In some cases, normal illumination is preferably used.
In this embodiment, since the first negative pattern is a hole pattern, in this case, quadrupole illumination is preferable.
<工程(i-3):第1の膜の現像>
 工程(i-3)は、図1(c)に示すように、露光した第1の膜50を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、第1の領域A1に第1のネガ型パターン51を形成する工程である。
 上述したように、工程(i-2)では、第1の膜50の露光部は、有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少している。このため、工程(i-3)においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像することで、第1の膜50の非露光部が除去されて、第1のネガ型パターン51が形成される。
 本実施形態では、基板10上の第1の領域A1に、図1(c)および図2に示すように、ホールパターンである第1のネガ型パターン51が形成される。
<Step (i-3): Development of first film>
In step (i-3), as shown in FIG. 1C, the exposed first film 50 is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent, and the first negative type is formed in the first area A1. This is a step of forming the pattern 51.
As described above, in step (i-2), the exposed portion of the first film 50 has reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent. For this reason, in the step (i-3), by developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, the non-exposed portion of the first film 50 is removed, and the first negative pattern 51 is formed. The
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1C and 2, a first negative pattern 51 that is a hole pattern is formed in the first region A1 on the substrate 10.
 工程(i-3)において、第1の膜を有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像してネガ型のパターンを形成する工程における当該現像液としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン等を挙げることができる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。
In the step (i-3), the first film is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern. Examples of the developer include ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohols. Polar solvents and hydrocarbon solvents such as system solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents can be used.
Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, and isophorone.
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, Examples thereof include butyl lactate, propyl lactate, and propylene carbonate.
Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butano It can be mentioned glycol ether solvents such as Le.
Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, phenetole, dibutyl ether and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウエハー面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウエハー面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、テトラヒドロフラン、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、フェネトール、ジブチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, the evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl -3-Methoxybutyl acetate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate and other ester solvents, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, Alcohol solvents such as isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene Glycol ether solvents such as recall monoethyl ether and methoxymethylbutanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide And aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as octane and decane.
Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone. , Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc. Ester solvents, alcohol solvents such as n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol , Glycol solvents such as triethylene glycol, and glycols such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol Ether solvents, ether solvents such as phenetol and dibutyl ether, N-methyl- - pyrrolidone, N, N- dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide amide solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents decane.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
 また、特許第5056974号公報の請求項に係る発明のように、有機系現像液に、含窒素化合物(アミン等)を添加した態様も、好ましく用いることができる。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in the specifications of US Pat. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
The amount of the surfactant used is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
Further, an embodiment in which a nitrogen-containing compound (amine or the like) is added to an organic developer as in the invention according to the claim of Japanese Patent No. 5056974 can be preferably used.
<アルカリ現像工程>
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-2)と工程(i-3)との間、又は、工程(i-3)と工程(iii-1)との間(後述の工程(ii)を実施する場合には、工程(i-3)と工程(ii)との間)に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有していてもよい。
<Alkali development process>
In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed between step (i-2) and step (i-3) or between step (i-3) and step (iii-1) (steps described later ( In the case of carrying out ii), a step of developing with an alkaline developer may be further provided between step (i-3) and step (ii).
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有する場合、アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピペリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。界面活性剤としては上記した界面活性剤を挙げることができる。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38質量%の水溶液が望ましい。
When the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia. Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alkaline aqueous solutions such as alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine can be used.
Furthermore, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. Examples of the surfactant include the above-described surfactants. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
In particular, an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。これについては、特開2010-232550号公報に詳しい。
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced. This is described in detail in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-232550.
The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 Further, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
<リンス工程>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i-3)と工程(iii-1)との間(後述の工程(ii)を実施する場合には、工程(i-3)と工程(ii)との間)、すなわち、有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。
<Rinse process>
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step (i-3) and a step (ii) between step (i-3) and step (iii-1) (when step (ii) described later is performed) It is preferable that a step (rinsing step) of washing with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent is included after the step of developing with a developing solution containing an organic solvent.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。上記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したのと同様の溶剤を挙げることができる。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、より好ましくは、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、特に好ましくは、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、最も好ましくは、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノールなどを用いることができ、特に好ましい炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. . As the rinse liquid, a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include the same solvents as described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
More preferably, it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. A step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。 A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウエハー面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウエハー面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有する場合も、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。この場合のリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 When the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing with an alkaline developer, it is preferable to include a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step). As the rinsing liquid in this case, pure water is used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
 上記したリンス工程における洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。 The cleaning method in the rinsing step is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), a substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid Can be applied for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), etc. Among them, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and the substrate is washed at 2000 rpm or more after cleaning. It is preferable to rotate at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。 Further, after the developing process or the rinsing process, it is possible to perform a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid.
<工程(ii):加熱工程>
 工程(i-3)と、後に詳述する工程(iii-1)との間に、更に、加熱工程(ii)
を実施してもよい。これにより、工程(i-3)において形成された第1のネガ型パターンの耐溶剤性をより向上でき、引き続く工程(iii-1)において、第1のネガ型のパターンの上に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)からなる液を塗布しても、損傷を受けにくい第1のネガ型パターンに変換できる。
 この加熱工程における温度は、150℃以上であることが好ましく、170℃以上であることがより好ましい。当該温度は、通常、240℃以下とされる。また、この加熱工程における加熱時間は、30~120秒程度で行なわれる。加熱工程がこのような温度範囲および時間で行なわれることで、有機物の分解残渣などが揮発して、溶剤に対して不溶化すると考えられるため、好ましい。
<Process (ii): Heating process>
Between the step (i-3) and the step (iii-1) described in detail later, a heating step (ii)
May be implemented. As a result, the solvent resistance of the first negative pattern formed in the step (i-3) can be further improved, and in the subsequent step (iii-1), an active sensitivity is formed on the first negative pattern. Even if it applies the liquid which consists of a light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2), it can convert into the 1st negative pattern which is hard to receive damage.
The temperature in this heating step is preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 170 ° C. or higher. The said temperature is normally made into 240 degrees C or less. The heating time in this heating step is about 30 to 120 seconds. It is preferable that the heating step be performed in such a temperature range and time, since it is considered that the decomposition residue of the organic matter volatilizes and becomes insoluble in the solvent.
 なお、第1のネガ型パターン51は、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少された樹脂を含有し、充分な耐溶剤性を有するため、フリージング材の適用は必要ではないが、本発明は、第1のネガ型パターンに対して公知のフリージング材を適用することを排除するものではない。 The first negative pattern 51 contains a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and has reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and has sufficient solvent resistance. Although application is not required, the present invention does not exclude the application of a known freezing material to the first negative pattern.
<工程(iii):第2のネガ型パターンの形成>
 次に、工程(iii)では、図1(d)~図1(f)に示すように、下記工程(iii-1)、下記工程(iii-2)及び下記工程(iii-3)をこの順で行い、基板10上の第1の領域A1とは異なる第2の領域A2に、第1のネガ型パターン51とは異なる第2のネガ型パターン61を形成する。
<Step (iii): Formation of second negative pattern>
Next, in the step (iii), as shown in FIGS. 1 (d) to 1 (f), the following step (iii-1), the following step (iii-2) and the following step (iii-3) are carried out. In this order, a second negative pattern 61 different from the first negative pattern 51 is formed in a second area A2 different from the first area A1 on the substrate 10.
<工程(iii-1):第2の膜の形成>
 工程(iii-1)は、図1(d)に示すように、基板10上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いてレジスト膜(第2の膜60)を形成する工程である。
 工程(iii-1)において、第2の膜60は、基板10上の第2の領域A2のみに形成されてもよいし、図1(d)に示すように、第1のネガ型パターン51のスペース部にも形成されてもよい。
<Step (iii-1): Formation of second film>
In step (iii-1), as shown in FIG. 1 (d), an active material containing a resin on the substrate 10 whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced. In this step, a resist film (second film 60) is formed using the light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2).
In the step (iii-1), the second film 60 may be formed only in the second region A2 on the substrate 10, or the first negative pattern 51 as shown in FIG. It may also be formed in the space portion.
 工程(iii-1)において、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する方法は、上記工程(i-1)において感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する方法と同様である。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)については、後に詳述する。
In the step (iii-1), the method of forming the second film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) is the same as the step (i-1) in which the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive material is formed. This is the same as the method of forming the first film using the conductive resin composition (1).
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) will be described in detail later.
 第2の膜の膜厚の好ましい範囲も、第1の膜の膜厚の好ましい範囲として記載した範囲と同様であるが、第2の膜の膜厚は、第1の膜の膜厚と同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 The preferable range of the thickness of the second film is the same as the range described as the preferable range of the thickness of the first film, but the thickness of the second film is the same as the thickness of the first film. May be different.
<前加熱工程及び露光後加熱工程>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(iii-1)と工程(iii-2)との間に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(iii-2)と工程(iii-3)との間に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
 前加熱工程及び/又は露光後加熱工程は、複数回の加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Pre-heating step and post-exposure heating step>
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a preheating step (PB; Prebake) between the step (iii-1) and the step (iii-2).
In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) between the step (iii-2) and the step (iii-3). The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
The preheating step and / or the post-exposure heating step may include a plurality of heating steps.
<工程(iii-2):第2の膜の露光>
 工程(iii-2)は、図1(e)に示すように、第2の膜60を、第2の領域A2以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程である。
 このとき、第2の膜60を形成する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)は、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機系現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂のほか、後述するように、通常、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含有している。このため、第2の膜60の露光部(第2の領域A2)においては、酸が発生し、発生した酸の作用により極性が増大して有機系現像液に対する溶解性が減少する。こうして、後述する工程(iii-3)において、有機系現像液を用いて現像した場合、第2の膜60の非露光部(第1のネガ型パターン51のスペース部に形成されている第2の膜60)が除去されて、露光部であった第2の領域A2に第2のネガ型パターン61が形成される。
 もっとも、工程(iii-2)は、第2の領域A2以外の領域のみを非露光部とする工程ではない。すなわち、本発明では、第2の領域A2に存在する第2の膜60にもスペース部を形成するから、当然、第2の領域A2においても、スペース部に対応する箇所には非露光部は形成される。
<Step (iii-2): Exposure of second film>
Step (iii-2) is a step of exposing the second film 60 using a region other than the second region A2 as a non-exposed portion as shown in FIG.
At this time, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) forming the second film 60 is a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is decreased, As will be described later, it usually contains a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Therefore, an acid is generated in the exposed portion (second region A2) of the second film 60, and the polarity is increased by the action of the generated acid, so that the solubility in the organic developer is decreased. Thus, in the later-described step (iii-3), when development is performed using an organic developer, the non-exposed portion of the second film 60 (the second portion formed in the space portion of the first negative pattern 51). The second film 60) is removed, and a second negative pattern 61 is formed in the second region A2 that was the exposed portion.
However, step (iii-2) is not a step in which only the region other than the second region A2 is set as a non-exposed portion. That is, in the present invention, since the space portion is also formed in the second film 60 existing in the second region A2, naturally, in the second region A2, the non-exposed portion is not provided at the location corresponding to the space portion. It is formed.
 工程(i-2)と同様に、例えば、光源がKrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、又は、EUVである場合は、図1(e)に示すように、マスクM2を介して活性光線又は放射線を照射する(すなわち、露光する)ことが好ましい。
 工程(iii-2)のマスクM2におけるマスクパターンは、工程(i-2)で使用したマスクM1とは異なるマスクパターンであれば特に限定されないが、本実施の形態においては、マスクM2として、遮光部としてのライン部と、光透過部としてのスペース部とを有し、光透過部の面積が遮光部の面積よりも大きいパターン(孤立トレンチパターン)を有するマスクを使用している。
 もっとも、工程(i-2)で用いるマスクと同様に、工程(iii-2)のマスクについても、上記マスクに限定されるものではなく、所望する第2のネガ型パターンの形状等に応じて適宜選択できる。
As in step (i-2), for example, when the light source is a KrF excimer laser, an ArF excimer laser, or EUV, as shown in FIG. Irradiation (that is, exposure) is preferable.
The mask pattern in the mask M2 in the step (iii-2) is not particularly limited as long as it is a mask pattern different from the mask M1 used in the step (i-2). A mask having a line part as a part and a space part as a light transmission part and having a pattern (isolated trench pattern) in which the area of the light transmission part is larger than the area of the light shielding part is used.
However, like the mask used in the step (i-2), the mask in the step (iii-2) is not limited to the above-described mask, and depends on the shape of the desired second negative pattern, etc. It can be selected as appropriate.
 工程(iii-2)における露光の方法は、工程(i-2)における露光で説明した方法を同じく採用することができる。
 また、工程(i-2)と同様に、工程(iii-2)の露光における照明光源形状としては、例えば、通常照明、二極照明、四極照明、輪帯照明、特殊変形照明などが挙げられ、所望するパターンに応じて、最適な照明光源形状を選択できる。
 なお、本実施形態では、第2のネガ型パターンは孤立スペースパターンであるため、この場合、通常照明が好ましい。
As the exposure method in the step (iii-2), the method described in the exposure in the step (i-2) can be similarly employed.
As in the step (i-2), the illumination light source shape in the exposure in the step (iii-2) includes, for example, normal illumination, dipole illumination, quadrupole illumination, annular illumination, special deformation illumination, and the like. The optimal illumination light source shape can be selected according to the desired pattern.
In the present embodiment, since the second negative pattern is an isolated space pattern, normal illumination is preferable in this case.
<工程(iii-3):第2の膜の現像>
 工程(iii-3)は、図1(f)に示すように、露光した第2の膜60を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、第2の領域A2に第2のネガ型パターン61を形成する工程である。
 なお、工程(iii-3)における有機系現像液における現像液および現像方法としては、工程(i-3)における有機系現像液において説明した現像液および現像方法を同様に使用できる。
<Step (iii-3): Development of second film>
In step (iii-3), as shown in FIG. 1F, the exposed second film 60 is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent, and the second negative type is formed in the second region A2. This is a step of forming the pattern 61.
As the developer and the developing method in the organic developer in the step (iii-3), the developer and the developing method described in the organic developer in the step (i-3) can be used similarly.
 上述したように、工程(iii-2)では、第2の膜60の露光部は、有機系現像液に対する溶解性が減少している。このため、工程(iii-3)においては、有機系現像液を用いて現像することで、第2の膜60の非露光部が除去されて、第2のネガ型パターン61が形成される。
 こうして、本実施形態では、図1(f)および図3に示すように、ホールパターンである第1のネガ型パターン51と孤立スペースパターンである第2のネガ型パターン61とが、基板10上の異なる領域に形成される。
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるレジストパターンがこれに限定されないことはいうまでもない。
As described above, in the step (iii-2), the solubility of the exposed portion of the second film 60 in the organic developer is reduced. Therefore, in the step (iii-3), by developing using an organic developer, the non-exposed portion of the second film 60 is removed, and the second negative pattern 61 is formed.
Thus, in this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1F and 3, the first negative pattern 51 that is a hole pattern and the second negative pattern 61 that is an isolated space pattern are formed on the substrate 10. Are formed in different regions.
Needless to say, the resist pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not limited to this.
<アルカリ現像工程>
 なお、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(iii-2)と工程(iii-3)との間、又は、工程(iii-3)の後に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有していてもよい。
 工程(iii-2)と工程(iii-3)との間、又は、工程(iii-3)の後に行われるアルカリ現像工程においては、前述したアルカリ現像液と同様のアルカリ現像液を使用できる。
<Alkali development process>
The pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3). You may do it.
In the alkali development step performed between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3), an alkali developer similar to the alkali developer described above can be used.
 また、工程(iii-2)と工程(iii-3)との間、又は、工程(iii-3)の後に行われるアルカリ現像工程においては、前述したアルカリ現像方法と同様のアルカリ現像方法を採用できる。 Further, in the alkali development step performed between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3), an alkali development method similar to the alkali development method described above is employed. it can.
<リンス工程>
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(iii-3)の後、すなわち、有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。この場合のリンス液としては、有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に有し得る、有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)において説明したリンス液を同様に使用できる。
<Rinse process>
The pattern forming method of the present invention is a step of washing with a rinse solution containing an organic solvent after the step (iii-3), that is, after developing with a developer containing an organic solvent. (Rinse process) is preferably included. As the rinsing liquid in this case, the rinsing liquid described in the step of rinsing with the rinsing liquid containing the organic solvent (rinsing step) that may be included after the step of developing with the developing solution containing the organic solvent is used. It can be used similarly.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法が、工程(iii-2)と工程(iii-3)との間、又は、工程(iii-3)の後に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有する場合、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。この場合のリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 In addition, the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkaline developer between step (iii-2) and step (iii-3) or after step (iii-3). In this case, it is preferable to include a step of rinsing with a rinsing solution (rinsing step) after the step of developing with an alkaline developer. As the rinsing liquid in this case, pure water is used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added and used.
 これらのリンス工程における洗浄処理の方法は、前述の方法を同様に挙げることができる。 The above-mentioned method can be similarly mentioned as the cleaning method in these rinsing steps.
<エッチング処理>
 次いで、上記のようにして形成した、異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたレジストパターン(第1のネガ型パターン51と第2のネガ型パターン61とからなるレジストパターン)をマスクとして、基板10に対してエッチング処理を行う。これにより、本実施の形態では、第1のネガ型パターン51のホール部と、第2のネガ型パターン61のスペース部とに対応する位置が穿孔された基板10が得られる(穿孔された基板10は図示せず)。
<Etching treatment>
Next, using the resist pattern (resist pattern made up of the first negative pattern 51 and the second negative pattern 61) formed as described above in which different patterns are laid out in different regions, a mask is formed on the substrate 10. On the other hand, an etching process is performed. Thereby, in the present embodiment, a substrate 10 in which positions corresponding to the hole portion of the first negative pattern 51 and the space portion of the second negative pattern 61 are perforated is obtained (perforated substrate). 10 is not shown).
 エッチング処理の方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法をいずれも用いることができ、各種条件等は、基板の種類や用途等に応じて、適宜、決定される。例えば、国際光工学会紀要(Proc. of SPIE)Vol.6924,692420(2008)、特開2009-267112号公報等に準じて、エッチング処理を実施することもできる。 The method for the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and any known method can be used, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and use of the substrate. For example, Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like can be performed.
<変形例>
 また、上述した本実施形態における第1のネガ型パターン及び/又は第2のネガ型パターンは、レジスト膜のパターニングを2回以上実施することにより形成されてもよい。
 換言すれば、第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程(i)が、上記工程(i-1)、上記工程(i-2)及び上記工程(i-3)をこの順で有するパターン形成工程を複数回含んでいてもよい。
 同様に、第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程(iii)が、上記工程(iii-1)、上記工程(iii-2)及び上記工程(iii-3)をこの順で有するパターン形成工程を複数回含んでいてもよい。
 この場合、複数回のパターン形成工程において、連続する2回のパターン形成工程の間に、更に加熱工程を有してもよい。
<Modification>
Further, the first negative pattern and / or the second negative pattern in the present embodiment described above may be formed by performing patterning of the resist film twice or more.
In other words, the pattern forming step in which the step (i) of forming the first negative pattern includes the step (i-1), the step (i-2), and the step (i-3) in this order. May be included multiple times.
Similarly, the step (iii) of forming the second negative pattern includes a pattern forming step including the step (iii-1), the step (iii-2), and the step (iii-3) in this order. It may be included multiple times.
In this case, a plurality of pattern forming steps may further include a heating step between two successive pattern forming steps.
 以下、上記変形例について具体的に説明する。
 まず、上記と同様の方法によって、工程(i-1)、工程(i-2)及び工程(i-3)をこの順で実施することにより、基板上に、第1のネガ型パターンとして、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:3のラインアンドスペースパターンを形成する。
 次いで、工程(i-1)、工程(i-2)及び工程(i-3)をこの順で実施することにより、第1のネガ型パターンとして、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:3のラインアンドスペースパターンを形成する。
 具体的には、後のパターン形成では、ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン部を、先のパターン形成工程で形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンのスペース部に、形成する。
 その結果、基板上に、先のパターン形成工程で形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンと、後のパターン形成工程で形成されたラインアンドスペースパターンとから構成される、例えば、ライン幅とスペース幅とが1:1の第1のネガ型パターンが形成される。
 次いで、加熱工程(いわゆる、フリージング工程)を実施してもよい。
Hereinafter, the modified example will be specifically described.
First, by performing the steps (i-1), (i-2), and (i-3) in this order by the same method as described above, a first negative pattern is formed on the substrate as follows. For example, a line and space pattern having a line width and a space width of 1: 3 is formed.
Next, by performing step (i-1), step (i-2) and step (i-3) in this order, the first negative pattern has, for example, a line width and a space width of 1: 3 line and space patterns are formed.
Specifically, in the subsequent pattern formation, the line portion of the line and space pattern is formed in the space portion of the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation step.
As a result, the line and space pattern formed in the previous pattern formation process and the line and space pattern formed in the subsequent pattern formation process are formed on the substrate. A 1: 1 first negative pattern is formed.
Next, a heating step (a so-called freezing step) may be performed.
<その他の実施形態>
 上述した実施形態では、工程(i)で第1のネガ型パターンとしてホールパターンを形成し、工程(iii)で第2のネガ型パターンとしてラインパターンを形成したが、これとは反対に、工程(i)でラインパターンを形成し、工程(iii)でホールパターンを形成してもよい。
 そして、既述のとおり、第1のネガ型パターン及び第2のネガ型パターンは、上述したパターンに限定されない。
 例えば、第1のネガ型パターンと第2のネガ型パターンとが両方ともにラインパターンであってもよく、第1のネガ型パターンのラインと第2のネガ型パターンのラインとが平行でなく、例えば垂直をなすようなパターンであってもよい(例えば、後述する図5及び図8を参照)。
 また、第1のネガ型パターンと第2のネガ型パターンとが両方ともにホールパターンであって、かつ、第1のネガ型パターンと第2のネガ型パターンとで、互いに、ホール部の配列及びピッチの少なくとも一種が異なるパターンであってもよい。
<Other embodiments>
In the embodiment described above, the hole pattern is formed as the first negative pattern in the step (i) and the line pattern is formed as the second negative pattern in the step (iii). A line pattern may be formed in (i), and a hole pattern may be formed in step (iii).
As described above, the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are not limited to the patterns described above.
For example, both the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern may be line patterns, and the first negative pattern line and the second negative pattern line are not parallel, For example, the pattern may be a vertical pattern (see, for example, FIGS. 5 and 8 described later).
In addition, both the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are hole patterns, and the first negative pattern and the second negative pattern are mutually aligned with each other, It may be a pattern in which at least one of the pitches is different.
 また、上述した実施形態では、基板上の矩形領域の半分を第1の領域とし、残りの半分を第2の領域としたが、領域の分け方はこれに限定されるものではない。
 図4~図6は、本発明の別の実施形態を示す平面図である。図4~図6においては、基板10上の矩形領域において、矩形の第1の領域A1が中央を占め、第1の領域A1を第2の領域A2が囲っている。
 図4においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてホールパターン(四極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてラインパターンである孤立スペースパターン(通常照明が好ましい)が形成されている。
 図5においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてラインパターンである孤立スペースパターン(通常照明が好ましい)が形成されている。なお、図5では、第1のネガ型パターンのラインと第2のネガ型パターンのラインとは非平行で垂直をなしている。
 図6においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてホールパターン(スペース部であるホール部が孤立している孤立スペースパターン)(通常照明が好ましい)が形成されている。
In the above-described embodiment, half of the rectangular area on the substrate is the first area and the other half is the second area. However, the method of dividing the area is not limited to this.
4 to 6 are plan views showing other embodiments of the present invention. 4 to 6, in the rectangular area on the substrate 10, the rectangular first area A1 occupies the center, and the first area A1 is surrounded by the second area A2.
In FIG. 4, a hole pattern (preferably quadrupole illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern (normal illumination is preferable) as a line pattern is formed as the second negative pattern 61. Yes.
In FIG. 5, a line and space pattern (preferably dipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern (normal illumination) is formed as the second negative pattern 61. Is preferred). In FIG. 5, the lines of the first negative pattern and the lines of the second negative pattern are non-parallel and perpendicular.
In FIG. 6, a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole portion being a space portion is formed as the second negative pattern 61). An isolated space pattern) is formed (usually illumination is preferred).
 また、上述した実施形態では、異なる2つのパターンを異なる2つの領域に形成する態様を示したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなく、異なる3以上のパターンを異なる3以上の領域に形成するものであってもよい。
 この場合、工程(iii)で第2のネガ型パターンを形成した段階で、これを工程(i)で第1のネガ型パターンを形成したものと考えれば、次いで、工程(iii)で第2のネガ型パターンを形成することで、異なる3つのパターンが異なる3つの領域に配置されたパターンを形成できる。
 あるいは、本発明のパターン形成方法は、工程(i)及び工程(iii)の後に、工程(i)又は工程(iii)と同様の工程を、さらに1つ以上有していてもよいと考えることもできる。
 図7~図9は、本発明のさらに別の実施形態を示す平面図である。図7~図9においては、異なる3つのパターンが異なる3つの領域に形成されており、具体的には、基板10上の矩形領域において、矩形の第1の領域A1が図中左下に配置され、第3の領域A3が図中上半分の中央を占め、残りが第2の領域A2となっている。
 図7においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてホールパターン(四極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてラインパターンである孤立スペースパターン(通常照明が好ましい)が形成され、第3のネガ型パターン71としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成されている。
 図8においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてホールパターン(スペース部であるホール部が孤立している孤立スペースパターン)(通常照明が好ましい)が形成され、第3のネガ型パターン71としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成されている。なお、図8では、第1のネガ型パターンのラインと第3のネガ型パターンのラインとは非平行で垂直をなしている。
 図9においては、第1のネガ型パターン51としてラインパターンであるラインアンドスペースパターン(二極照明が好ましい)が形成され、第2のネガ型パターン61としてホールパターン(スペース部であるホール部が孤立している孤立スペースパターン)(通常照明が好ましい)が形成され、第3のネガ型パターン71としてラインパターンである孤立スペースパターン(通常照明が好ましい)が形成されている。
In the above-described embodiment, the mode in which two different patterns are formed in two different regions has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and three or more different patterns are formed in three or more different regions. It may be formed.
In this case, if the second negative pattern is formed in the step (iii) and the first negative pattern is formed in the step (i), then the second negative pattern is formed in the step (iii). By forming the negative pattern, a pattern in which three different patterns are arranged in three different regions can be formed.
Or it thinks that the pattern formation method of this invention may have one or more processes similar to process (i) or process (iii) after process (i) and process (iii). You can also.
7 to 9 are plan views showing still another embodiment of the present invention. 7 to 9, three different patterns are formed in three different areas. Specifically, in the rectangular area on the substrate 10, the rectangular first area A1 is arranged at the lower left in the figure. The third area A3 occupies the center of the upper half in the figure, and the rest is the second area A2.
In FIG. 7, a hole pattern (preferably quadrupole illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and an isolated space pattern that is a line pattern (normal illumination is preferable) is formed as the second negative pattern 61. As the third negative pattern 71, a line-and-space pattern (dipole illumination is preferable) which is a line pattern is formed.
In FIG. 8, a line and space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole portion that is a space portion is formed) as the second negative pattern 61. An isolated space pattern (isolated illumination is preferable) is formed, and a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) that is a line pattern is formed as the third negative pattern 71. In FIG. 8, the first negative pattern line and the third negative pattern line are non-parallel and perpendicular to each other.
In FIG. 9, a line-and-space pattern (preferably bipolar illumination) is formed as the first negative pattern 51, and a hole pattern (a hole part that is a space part is formed) as the second negative pattern 61. An isolated space pattern (isolated illumination is preferable) is formed, and an isolated space pattern that is a line pattern (normal illumination is preferable) is formed as the third negative pattern 71.
 以上、本発明のパターン形成方法及びエッチング方法を説明したが、本発明によれば、基板に対して異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンをエッチング等により形成することが可能である。 Although the pattern forming method and the etching method of the present invention have been described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to form a pattern in which different patterns are laid out in different regions on a substrate by etching or the like.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法によって得られたパターンを、特開平3-270227号公報および特開2013-164509号公報に開示されているような、スペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)に適用することも可能である。更に、DSA(DirectedSelf-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)にも好適に用いることができる。その他、種々の用途への適用が可能である。 In addition, the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is applied to a spacer process core material (core) as disclosed in JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509. Is also possible. Furthermore, it can also be suitably used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS NanoVol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823). In addition, application to various uses is possible.
 なお、本発明は、上述した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
In addition, this invention relates also to the manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the pattern formation method of this invention mentioned above, and the electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The manufactured electronic device is preferably mounted on an electric / electronic device (home appliance, OA / media related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)(単に、「樹脂組成物(1)」ともいう)の各成分について説明する。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ネガ型のレジスト組成物(即ち、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物)である。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)は、典型的には化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1)>
Next, each component of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (1)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a resist composition, and is a negative resist composition (that is, a resist composition for developing an organic solvent). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
 [1]酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂
 酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」ともいう)を挙げることができる。
 酸分解性基は、極性基を酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基(アルコール性、とは、いわゆるフェノール性水酸基のようには酸性を示さない、ということである)、スルホン酸基が挙げられる。
[1] Resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced As a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and its solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent is reduced, for example, Resin (hereinafter referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) having a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid on the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both of the main chain and the side chain Acid-decomposable resin "or" resin (A) ").
The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid. Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group (alcoholic means that it does not show acidity like a so-called phenolic hydroxyl group), and a sulfonic acid group.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基(単環または多環)、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(単環または多環)、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
A preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基である。また、本発明のパターン形成方法をKrF光またはEUV光による露光、あるいは電子線照射により行う場合、フェノール性水酸基を酸脱離基により保護した酸分解性基を用いることも好ましい。 The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group. Further, when the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by exposure with KrF light or EUV light, or electron beam irradiation, it is also preferable to use an acid-decomposable group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected with an acid leaving group.
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 この繰り返し単位としては、たとえば以下が挙げられる。
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Examples of this repeating unit include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(aI)および(aI’)に於いて、
 Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、該環構造は、環中に酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を含有してもよい。
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。
In general formulas (aI) and (aI ′)
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure. The ring structure may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
 一般式(aI)中のTは、有機溶剤系現像液に対するレジストの不溶化の観点から、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましく、-COO-Rt-基がより好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
 一般式(aI’)中のTは、単結合が好ましい。
T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
 Xa1のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xa1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基が好ましい。
 Xa1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環などの単環のシクロアルカン環;ノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、アダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5又は6の単環のシクロアルカン環が特に好ましい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxは、各々独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group for X a1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group.
X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
The alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. Are preferred.
The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring and a cyclohexyl ring; a norbornane ring, a tetracyclodecane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, an adamantane ring A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable. A monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~8)、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。なかでも、酸分解前後での有機溶剤を含有する現像液に対する溶解コントラストをより向上させる観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を有さない置換基であることがより好ましく(例えば、水酸基で置換されたアルキル基などではないことがより好ましく)、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる基であることが更に好ましく、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition, a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable ( For example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、Rxは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Rxa、Rxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Zは、置換基を表し、複数存在する場合、複数のZは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。pは0又は正の整数を表す。Zの具体例及び好ましい例は、Rx~Rxなどの各基が有し得る置換基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Although the specific example of the repeating unit which has an acid-decomposable group is given, it is not limited to these.
In specific examples, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other. p represents 0 or a positive integer. Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 下記具体例において、Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。 In the specific examples below, Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
下記具体例は、アルコール性水酸基を、酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護した構造を有する繰り返し単位である。具体例中、Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。 The following specific examples are repeating units having a structure in which an alcoholic hydroxyl group is protected with a group that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid. In specific examples, Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種併用する場合、その組合せは特に限定されず、例えば、(1)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位と、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を発生する繰り返し単位との組合せ、(2)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位と、酸の作用により分解してフェノール性水酸基を発生する繰り返し単位との組合せ、(3)酸の作用により分解してカルボキシル基を発生する繰り返し単位2種(互いに構造が異なる)の組合せ、などが考えられる。このうち、(3)の場合の好ましい組合せを参考までに例示する。 One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two types are used in combination, the combination is not particularly limited. For example, (1) a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group and a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxyl group (2) A combination of a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group and a repeating unit that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a phenolic hydroxyl group, (3) Decomposed by the action of an acid Thus, a combination of two types of repeating units that generate a carboxyl group (having different structures) can be considered. Among these, the preferable combination in the case of (3) is illustrated for reference.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、下限としては15モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましく、25モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、40モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上限としては90モル%以下であることが好ましく、75モル%以下であることがより好ましく、65モル%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (the total when there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group) is not particularly limited. The lower limit of the unit is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 25 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more. . Moreover, as an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 90 mol% or less, It is more preferable that it is 75 mol% or less, It is more preferable that it is 65 mol% or less.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。
 以下にラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 2種以上のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を併用することも可能である。 It is also possible to use a repeating unit having two or more lactone structures or sultone structures in combination.
 樹脂(A)がラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 また、樹脂(A)は、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。以下に具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
 なお、以下の具体例中のR は、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
Moreover, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure. Specific examples are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In the following specific examples, R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 樹脂(A)が環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure, the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 樹脂(A)が水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、3~25モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~15モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably from 3 to 25 mol% based on all repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably, it is 5 to 15 mol%.
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、25モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂(A)が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(A)における酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、1モル%以上である。
Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acid group, content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 樹脂(A)は、更に極性基(例えば、前記酸基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造及び/または芳香環構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。
この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~50モル%、更に好ましくは5~30モル%である。
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。
The resin (A) further has a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and / or an aromatic ring structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. be able to.
The content of this repeating unit is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 本発明における樹脂(A)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。樹脂(A)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。
 樹脂組成物(1)が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から樹脂組成物(1)に用いられる樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香環を有さない(具体的には、樹脂中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、芳香族基を有さない)ことが好ましく、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)が、後述する樹脂(D)を含んでいる場合、樹脂(A)は、樹脂(D)との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を含有しないことが好ましい。
The form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type. Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
When the resin composition (1) is used for ArF exposure, the resin (A) used for the resin composition (1) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group. The resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
When resin composition (1) contains resin (D) mentioned below, it is preferred that resin (A) does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom from a compatible viewpoint with resin (D).
 樹脂組成物(1)に用いられる樹脂(A)として好ましくは、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成された樹脂である。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位である樹脂、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位である樹脂、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによる樹脂のいずれの樹脂でも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) used in the resin composition (1) is preferably a resin in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, a resin in which all repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, a resin in which all repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, and a resin in which all repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units However, it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
 樹脂組成物(1)にKrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線、波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(EUVなど)を照射する場合には、樹脂(A)は、芳香環を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。芳香環を有する繰り返し単位としては、特に限定されず、また、前述の各繰り返し単位に関する説明でも例示しているが、スチレン単位、ヒドロキシスチレン単位、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート単位、ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート単位などが挙げられる。樹脂(A)としては、より具体的には、ヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位と、酸分解性基によって保護されたヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位とを有する樹脂、上記芳香環を有する繰り返し単位と、(メタ)アクリル酸のカルボン酸部位が酸分解性基によって保護された繰り返し単位を有する樹脂、などが挙げられる。なお、特にEUV露光の際は、一般に高感度が要求される為、樹脂(A)は、酸分解しやすい保護基を含有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。その繰り返し単位として具体的には、前述の酸で脱離する基として説明した構造のうち、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)または-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)で表される構造(俗にアセタール型保護基と言われる構造)が好ましく挙げられる。 When the resin composition (1) is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring. May be. The repeating unit having an aromatic ring is not particularly limited, and is also exemplified in the above description of each repeating unit, but a styrene unit, a hydroxystyrene unit, a phenyl (meth) acrylate unit, a hydroxyphenyl (meth) acrylate. Examples include units. More specifically, the resin (A) is a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit and a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected by an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having the aromatic ring, and (meth) Examples thereof include a resin having a repeating unit in which the carboxylic acid moiety of acrylic acid is protected by an acid-decomposable group. In particular, particularly in the case of EUV exposure, since high sensitivity is generally required, the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit containing a protective group that easily undergoes acid decomposition. Specific examples of the repeating unit include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ) or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) ( A structure represented by OR 39 ) (a structure commonly referred to as an acetal type protecting group) is preferred.
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成、及び精製することができる。この合成方法及び精製方法としては、例えば特開2008-292975号公報の0201段落~0202段落等の記載を参照されたい。 The resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized and purified according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For the synthesis method and purification method, see, for example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0201 to 0202 of JP-A-2008-292975.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、一般的には1,000以上、好ましくは7,000~200,000であり、より好ましくは7,000~50,000、更により好ましくは7,000~40,000,000、特に好ましくは7,000~30,000である。重量平均分子量が7000より小さいと、有機系現像液に対する溶解性が高くなりすぎ、精密なパターンを形成できなくなる懸念が生じる。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is generally 1,000 or more, preferably 7,000 to 200,000, more preferably 7,000 to 50, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. 7,000, still more preferably 7,000 to 40,000,000, particularly preferably 7,000 to 30,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7000, the solubility in an organic developer becomes too high, and there is a concern that a precise pattern cannot be formed.
 分散度(分子量分布,Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、好ましくは1.0~2.6、更に好ましくは1.0~2.0、特に好ましくは1.4~2.0の範囲の樹脂が使用される。分子量分布の小さい樹脂ほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、かつ、レジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The dispersity (molecular weight distribution, Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4. Resins in the range of ~ 2.0 are used. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 樹脂組成物(1)において、樹脂(A)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中30~99質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは60~95質量%である。
 樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
In the resin composition (1), the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the whole composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
Resin (A) may be used by 1 type and may be used together.
 以下、樹脂(A)の具体例(繰り返し単位の組成比はモル比である)を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、以下では、後述する、酸発生剤(B)に対応する構造が樹脂(A)に担持されている場合の態様も例示している。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the resin (A) (the composition ratio of repeating units is a molar ratio) will be given, but the present invention is not limited to these. In addition, below, the aspect in case the structure corresponding to an acid generator (B) mentioned later is carry | supported by resin (A) is also illustrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 以下に例示する樹脂は、特に、EUV露光または電子線露光の際に、好適に用いることができる樹脂の例である。 The resin exemplified below is an example of a resin that can be suitably used particularly during EUV exposure or electron beam exposure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 [2]活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
 樹脂組成物(1)は、通常、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「化合物(B)」又は「酸発生剤」ともいう)を含有する。活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 酸発生剤としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。
[2] Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation Resin composition (1) is usually a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generation”. Also referred to as “agent”. The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
As the acid generator, photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc. The known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
 たとえば、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネートを挙げることができる。
 酸発生剤の中で、特に好ましい例を以下に挙げる。
Examples include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
Among acid generators, particularly preferred examples are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 酸発生剤は、公知の方法で合成することができ、例えば、特開2007-161707号公報、特開2010-100595号公報の<0200>~<0210>、国際公開第2011/093280号の<0051>~<0058>、国際公開第2008/153110号の<0382>~<0385>等に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物の組成物中の含有率は、樹脂組成物(1)の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~25質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%、特に好ましくは3~15質量%である。
The acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, <0200> to <0210> of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-1007055A and <2011/02093280 <0051> to <0058>, International Publication No. 2008/153110, <0382> to <0385> and the like.
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によっては、酸発生剤に対応する構造が、上記樹脂(A)に担持されている態様(B’)もある。このような態様として具体的には、特開2011-248019号公報に記載の構造(特に、段落0164から段落0191に記載の構造、段落0555の実施例で記載されている樹脂に含まれる構造)、特開2013-80002号公報の段落0023~段落0210に説明されている繰り返し単位(R)などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。ちなみに、酸発生剤に対応する構造が、前記樹脂(A)に担持されている態様であっても、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、追加的に、前記樹脂(A)に担持されていない酸発生剤を含んでもよい。
 態様(B’)として、以下のような繰り返し単位が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
In addition, depending on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, there is also an embodiment (B ′) in which a structure corresponding to the acid generator is supported on the resin (A). Specifically, as such an embodiment, a structure described in JP2011-248019A (particularly, a structure described in paragraphs 0164 to 0191, a structure included in the resin described in the example in paragraph 0555). And the repeating unit (R) described in paragraphs 0023 to 0210 of JP2013-80002A, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Incidentally, even if the structure corresponding to the acid generator is supported by the resin (A), the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is additionally added to the resin (A). An unsupported acid generator may be included.
Examples of the embodiment (B ′) include the following repeating units, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 [3]溶剤
 樹脂組成物(1)は、通常、溶剤を含有する。
 樹脂組成物(1)を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有しても良いモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
 これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書<0441>~<0455>に記載の溶剤を挙げることができる。
[3] Solvent The resin composition (1) usually contains a solvent.
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the resin composition (1) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, and cyclic lactones (preferably Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms and optionally having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
Specific examples of these solvents include the solvents described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 <0441> to <0455>.
 本発明においては、複数種の有機溶剤を混合して用いてもよい。
 例えば、有機溶剤として構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有しても良いモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。
 また、構造中に水酸基を含有しない溶剤を複数併用してもよい。この組み合わせとしては、PGMEAとシクロヘキサノン、PGMEAとシクロペンタノン、PGMEAとγ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEAと2-ヘプタノン、などが挙げられる。
 例えば溶剤を2種用いる場合、その混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。
 なお、γ-ブチロラクトンなどの、比較的高沸点の溶剤を適量用いると、後述する疎水性樹脂(D)がより表面に偏在し、液浸露光に対する性能が向上することが期待できる。
 更に、溶剤は3種以上用いてもよい。これにより微妙なレジスト形状調整、粘度の調整などを行うこともある。組み合わせとしては、PGMEA・PGME・γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA・PGME・シクロヘキサノン、PGMEA・PGME・2-ヘプタノン、PGMEA・シクロヘキサノン・γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA・γ-ブチロラクトン・2-ヘプタノン、等が挙げられる。
In the present invention, a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed and used.
For example, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which contains a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not contain a hydroxyl group as an organic solvent. As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate. As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
A plurality of solvents that do not contain a hydroxyl group in the structure may be used in combination. Examples of this combination include PGMEA and cyclohexanone, PGMEA and cyclopentanone, PGMEA and γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA and 2-heptanone, and the like.
For example, when two kinds of solvents are used, the mixing ratio (mass) is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
When a suitable amount of a solvent having a relatively high boiling point such as γ-butyrolactone is used, it can be expected that the hydrophobic resin (D) described later is more unevenly distributed on the surface and the performance for immersion exposure is improved.
Furthermore, you may use 3 or more types of solvents. As a result, fine adjustment of resist shape, adjustment of viscosity, and the like may be performed. Examples of the combinations include PGMEA · PGME · γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA · PGME · cyclohexanone, PGMEA · PGME · 2-heptanone, PGMEA · cyclohexanone · γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA · γ-butyrolactone · 2-heptanone, and the like.
 [4]疎水性樹脂(D)
 樹脂組成物(1)は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(D)」又は単に「樹脂(D)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(D)は、前記樹脂(A)とは異なることが好ましい。
 これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(D)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。
 なお、樹脂組成物(1)を液浸露光に適用しない場合であっても、樹脂組成物(1)は種々の目的で疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。例えば、樹脂組成物(1)をEUV露光に適用する際は、アウトガス抑制、パターンの形状調整などを期待して疎水性樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質と非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくても良い。
[4] Hydrophobic resin (D)
The resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
As a result, the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
Even when the resin composition (1) is not applied to immersion exposure, the resin composition (1) may contain a hydrophobic resin for various purposes. For example, when the resin composition (1) is applied to EUV exposure, it is also preferable to use a hydrophobic resin in anticipation of outgas suppression and pattern shape adjustment.
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, it is not always necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. Does not have to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
 疎水性樹脂(D)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
 樹脂組成物(1)中の疎水性樹脂(D)の含有量は、樹脂組成物(1)中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the resin composition (1) is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the resin composition (1). Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 7% by mass is even more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、樹脂(A)同様、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない樹脂組成物(1)が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 The hydrophobic resin (D), like the resin (A), naturally has few impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably Is more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass and 0.05 to 1% by mass. Thereby, the resin composition (1) which does not change over time, such as a foreign substance in liquid and sensitivity, is obtained. In view of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern side wall, roughness, etc., the molecular weight distribution is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 to 2.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(D)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。より詳細には、特開2008-292975号公報の0320段落~0329段落付近の記載を参照されたい。
As the hydrophobic resin (D), various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D), The concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass. For more details, refer to the description in the vicinity of paragraphs 0320 to 0329 in JP-A-2008-292975.
 以下に疎水性樹脂(D)の具体例を示す。また、下記表に、各樹脂における繰り返し単位のモル比(各繰り返し単位と左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示す。 Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) are shown below. The following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), weight average molecular weight, and degree of dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
 [5]塩基性化合物
 樹脂組成物(1)は、塩基性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
[5] Basic compound The resin composition (1) preferably contains a basic compound.
 (1)樹脂組成物(1)は、一形態において、塩基性化合物として、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(以下、「化合物(N)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。
 化合物(N)は、塩基性官能基又はアンモニウム基と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する化合物(N-1)であることが好ましい。すなわち、化合物(N)は、塩基性官能基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する塩基性化合物、又は、アンモニウム基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有するアンモニウム塩化合物であることが好ましい。
 化合物(N)の具体例としては、例えば下記の化合物を挙げることができる。また、下記に挙げる化合物以外にも、化合物(N)として、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2010/0233629号明細書に記載の(A-1)~(A-44)の化合物や、米国特許出願公開第2012/0156617号明細書に記載の(A-1)~(A-23)の化合物も本発明において好ましく使用することができる。
(1) In one form, the resin composition (1) has a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (N)”) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to contain.
The compound (N) is preferably a compound (N-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (N) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation. An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
Specific examples of the compound (N) include the following compounds. In addition to the compounds listed below, examples of the compound (N) include the compounds (A-1) to (A-44) described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US patent applications. The compounds (A-1) to (A-23) described in JP 2012/0156617 A can also be preferably used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 これらの化合物は、特開2006-330098号公報に記載の合成例などに準じて合成することができる。
 化合物(N)の分子量は、500~1000であることが好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)は、化合物(N)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(N)の含有率は、樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。
These compounds can be synthesized according to the synthesis examples described in JP-A-2006-330098.
The molecular weight of the compound (N) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
The resin composition (1) may or may not contain the compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (N) is based on the solid content of the resin composition (1). The content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass.
 (2)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、露光から加熱までの経時による性能変化を低減するために、塩基性化合物として、前記化合物(N)とは異なる、塩基性化合物(N’)を含有していてもよい。
 塩基性化合物(N’)としては、好ましくは、下記式(A’)~(E’)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。
(2) In another embodiment, the resin composition (1) is a basic compound (N) different from the compound (N) as a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating. ') May be included.
Preferred examples of the basic compound (N ′) include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A ′) to (E ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 一般式(A’)において、RA200、RA201及びRA202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、RA201とRA202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。一般式(E’)において、RA203、RA204、RA205及びRA206は、同一でも異なってもよく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)を表す。
 一般式(A’)と(E’)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 これら一般式(A’)と(E’)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
 塩基性化合物(N’)の好ましい具体例としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい具体例としては、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができる。
In general formula (A ′), RA 200 , RA 201 and RA 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), wherein RA 201 and RA 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the general formula (E ′), RA 203 , RA 204 , RA 205 and RA 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, A 20 hydroxyalkyl group or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A ′) and (E ′) are more preferably unsubstituted.
Specific examples of the basic compound (N ′) include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable specific examples include an imidazole structure. , Diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, aniline structure or pyridine structure compound, alkylamine derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond, aniline derivative having hydroxyl group and / or ether bond Etc.
 イミダゾール構造を有する化合物としては、イミダゾール、2、4、5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール等が挙げられる。ジアザビシクロ構造を有する化合物としては、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン、1、5-ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナ-5-エン、1、8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]ウンデカー7-エン等が挙げられる。オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物としては、トリアリールスルホニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソアルキル基を有するスルホニウムヒドロキシド、具体的にはトリフェニルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、トリス(t-ブチルフェニル)スルホニウムヒドロキシド、ビス(t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソプロピルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド等が挙げられる。オニウムカルボキシレート構造を有する化合物としては、オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物のアニオン部がカルボキシレートになった化合物であり、例えばアセテート、アダマンタンー1-カルボキシレート、パーフルオロアルキルカルボキシレート等が挙げられる。トリアルキルアミン構造を有する化合物としては、トリ(n-ブチル)アミン、トリ(n-オクチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。アニリン構造を有する化合物としては、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体としては、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体としては、N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アニリン等を挙げることができる。
 好ましい塩基性化合物として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。この具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2007/0224539号明細書の<0066>に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and the like. Examples of the compound having a diazabicyclo structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4, 0] Undecaker 7-ene and the like. Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) Examples include sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like. The compound having an onium carboxylate structure is a compound in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate. Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine. Examples of the compound having an aniline structure include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like. Examples of the alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine. Examples of aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Specific examples thereof include, but are not limited to, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in <0066> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0224539. Absent.
 (3)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物(N’)の1種として、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する含窒素有機化合物を含有していてもよい。この化合物の例として、例えば、化合物の具体例を以下に示す。 (3) In another form, the resin composition (1) may contain a nitrogen-containing organic compound having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid as one kind of the basic compound (N ′). As an example of this compound, for example, specific examples of the compound are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 上記化合物は、例えば、特開2009-199021号公報に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 また、塩基性化合物(N’)としては、アミンオキシド構造を有する化合物も用いることもできる。この化合物の具体例としては、トリエチルアミンピリジン N-オキシド、トリブチルアミン N-オキシド、トリエタノールアミン N-オキシド、トリス(メトキシエチル)アミン N-オキシド、トリス(2-(メトキシメトキシ)エチル)アミン=オキシド、2,2’,2”-ニトリロトリエチルプロピオネート N-オキシド、N-2-(2-メトキシエトキシ)メトキシエチルモルホリン N-オキシド、その他特開2008-102383に例示されたアミンオキシド化合物が使用可能である。
The above compound can be synthesized, for example, according to the method described in JP-A-2009-199021.
As the basic compound (N ′), a compound having an amine oxide structure can also be used. Specific examples of this compound include triethylamine pyridine N-oxide, tributylamine N-oxide, triethanolamine N-oxide, tris (methoxyethyl) amine N-oxide, tris (2- (methoxymethoxy) ethyl) amine = oxide. 2,2 ′, 2 ″ -nitrilotriethylpropionate N-oxide, N-2- (2-methoxyethoxy) methoxyethylmorpholine N-oxide, and other amine oxide compounds exemplified in JP-A-2008-102383 are used. Is possible.
 塩基性化合物(N’)の分子量は、250~2000であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは400~1000である。LWRのさらなる低減及び局所的なパターン寸法の均一性の観点からは、塩基性化合物の分子量は、400以上であることが好ましく、500以上であることがより好ましく、600以上であることが更に好ましい。
 これらの塩基性化合物(N’)は、前記化合物(N)と併用していてもよいし、単独であるいは2種以上一緒に用いられる。
 本発明における樹脂組成物(1)は塩基性化合物(N’)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物(N’)の使用量は、樹脂組成物(1)の固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
The molecular weight of the basic compound (N ′) is preferably 250 to 2000, more preferably 400 to 1000. From the viewpoint of further reduction in LWR and uniformity of local pattern dimensions, the molecular weight of the basic compound is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and even more preferably 600 or more. .
These basic compounds (N ′) may be used in combination with the compound (N), or may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The resin composition (1) in the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N ′), but when it is contained, the amount of the basic compound (N ′) used is the resin composition (1). ) Is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 (4)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物として、下記一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩を含んでもよい。このオニウム塩は、レジスト組成物で通常用いられる光酸発生剤の酸強度との関係で、レジスト系中で、発生酸の拡散を制御することが期待される。 (4) In another form, the resin composition (1) may contain an onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound. This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 一般式(6A)中、
 Raは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
 Xは、オニウムカチオンを表す。
 一般式(6B)中、
 Rbは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のスルホン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。
 Xはオニウムカチオンを表す。
In general formula (6A),
Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
In general formula (6B),
Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基は、式中のカルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基に直接結合する原子が炭素原子であることが好ましい。但し、この場合、上述した光酸発生剤から発生する酸よりも相対的に弱い酸とするために、スルホン酸基又はカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換することはない。
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基又は炭素数3~30の複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。
In the organic group represented by Ra and Rb, the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom. However, in this case, in order to make the acid relatively weaker than the acid generated from the above-mentioned photoacid generator, the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
Examples of the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及び複素環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
 一般式(6A)及び(6B)中のXにより表されるオニウムカチオンとしては、スルホニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ジアゾニウムカチオンなどが挙げられ、中でもスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、少なくとも1つのアリール基を有するアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンの例としては、化合物(B)において説明した構造も好ましく挙げることができる。
 一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩の具体的構造を以下に示す。
Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
As the sulfonium cation, for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
As an example of a sulfonium cation and an iodonium cation, the structure demonstrated in the compound (B) can also be mentioned preferably.
A specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 (5)樹脂組成物(1)は、他の形態において、塩基性化合物として、特開2012-189977号公報の式(I)に含まれる化合物、特開2013-6827号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2013-8020号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2012-252124号公報の式(I)で表される化合物などのような、1分子内にオニウム塩構造と酸アニオン構造の両方を有する化合物(以下、ベタイン化合物ともいう)もを含有していてもよい。このオニウム塩構造としては、スルホニウム、ヨードニウム、アンモニウム構造が挙げられ、スルホニウムまたはヨードニウム塩構造であることが好ましい。また、酸アニオン構造としては、スルホン酸アニオンまたはカルボン酸アニオンが好ましい。この化合物例としては、例えば以下が挙げられる。 (5) In another form, the resin composition (1) is a compound included in the formula (I) of JP2012-189977A, and the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A as a basic compound. In a molecule such as a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2013-8020A, a compound represented by formula (I) in JP2012-252124A, and the like. A compound having both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure (hereinafter also referred to as a betaine compound) may also be contained. Examples of the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable. The acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 [6]界面活性剤
 樹脂組成物(1)は、更に界面活性剤を含有してもよい。樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子とケイ素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することがより好ましい。
 樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源の使用時に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを与えることが可能となる。
[6] Surfactant The resin composition (1) may further contain a surfactant. When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom) It is more preferable to contain any one of these or 2 or more types.
When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, it is possible to provide a resist pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. It becomes.
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、例えばフロラードFC430、431、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックシリーズ(DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106、KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)、トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)、GF-300、GF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製)、エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601((株)ジェムコ製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA社製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D((株)ネオス製)等である。またポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)もシリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425, such as Fluorard FC430, 431, 4430 (Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.). ), Megafuck Series (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Troisol S-366 (Troy Chemical ( GF-300, GF-150 (manufactured by Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), EFtop EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351 , EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (Co., Ltd.) Made mucopolysaccharides), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, and the like (manufactured by OMNOVA Inc.), FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D, 222D ((Ltd.) Neos). Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤としては、上記に示すような公知の界面活性剤の他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)若しくはオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体を用いた界面活性剤を用いることが出来る。フルオロ脂肪族化合物は、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することが出来る。
 上記に該当する界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC(株)製)、C13基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体、C基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体等を挙げることができる。
Further, as the surfactant, in addition to the known surfactants as described above, fluoroaliphatic produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as oligomer method). A surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from a compound can be used. The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
As surfactants corresponding to the above, Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), acrylates having C 6 F 13 groups (or methacrylate) and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (copolymer of or methacrylate), and acrylate having a C 3 F 7 group (or methacrylate) (poly (oxyethylene) and) acrylate (or methacrylate) (poly ( And a copolymer with oxypropylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate).
 また、本発明では、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の<0280>に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。 In the present invention, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は単独で使用してもよいし、また、いくつかの組み合わせで使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
 樹脂組成物(1)が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の使用量は、樹脂組成物(1)の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
 一方、界面活性剤の添加量を、樹脂組成物(1)の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、10ppm以下とすることで、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性があがり、それにより、レジスト膜表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性を向上させることが出来る。
When the resin composition (1) contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass based on the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), More preferably, it is 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
On the other hand, by making the addition amount of the surfactant 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the resin composition (1) (excluding the solvent), the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased. Can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
 [7]その他添加剤(G)
 樹脂組成物(1)は、カルボン酸オニウム塩を含有してもよい。このようなカルボン酸オニウム塩は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書<0605>~<0606>に記載のカルボン酸オニウム塩を挙げることができる。
 樹脂組成物(1)がカルボン酸オニウム塩を含有する場合、その含有率は、樹脂組成物(1)の全固形分に対し、一般的には0.1~20質量%、好ましくは0.5~10質量%、更に好ましくは1~7質量%である。
[7] Other additives (G)
The resin composition (1) may contain a carboxylic acid onium salt. Examples of such carboxylic acid onium salts include carboxylic acid onium salts described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 <0605> to <0606>.
When the resin composition (1) contains a carboxylic acid onium salt, the content is generally 0.1 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the resin composition (1). 5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 7% by mass.
 また、樹脂組成物(1)は、必要に応じていわゆる酸増殖剤を含んでもよい。酸増殖剤は、特に、EUV露光または電子線照射により本発明のパターン形成方法を行う際に使用することが好ましい。酸増殖剤の具体例としては、特に限定されないが、例えば以下が挙げられる。 Moreover, the resin composition (1) may contain a so-called acid proliferating agent as necessary. The acid proliferating agent is particularly preferably used when performing the pattern forming method of the present invention by EUV exposure or electron beam irradiation. Although it does not specifically limit as a specific example of an acid multiplication agent, For example, the following is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 樹脂組成物(1)には、必要に応じて更に染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤及び現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物)等を含有させることができる。 If necessary, the resin composition (1) may further include a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 The following phenol compounds, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group, and the like can be contained.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)>
 次に、本発明のパターン形成方法で使用する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)(単に「樹脂組成物(2)」ともいう)について説明する。
 樹脂組成物(2)は、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する。
 このような樹脂としては、樹脂組成物(1)において説明した酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と同様の樹脂を挙げることができ、樹脂組成物(1)の全量に対する樹脂の含有量の好ましい範囲も、樹脂組成物(1)において説明した範囲と同様である。
 また、樹脂組成物(2)は、樹脂組成物(1)が含有し得る上記各成分を、同様に含有することができ、樹脂組成物(2)の全量に対する各成分の含有量の好ましい範囲も、樹脂組成物(1)において説明した範囲と同様である。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2)>
Next, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) (also simply referred to as “resin composition (2)”) used in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
The resin composition (2) contains a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases.
Examples of such a resin include the same resins as those described in the resin composition (1) whose resin increases in polarity by the action of the acid and decreases in solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent. The preferable range of the resin content relative to the total amount of the product (1) is also the same as the range described in the resin composition (1).
In addition, the resin composition (2) can similarly contain the above-described components that the resin composition (1) can contain, and the preferred range of the content of each component relative to the total amount of the resin composition (2). Is the same as the range described in the resin composition (1).
 樹脂組成物(1)および(2)の膜厚は、解像力向上の観点から、各々、30~250nmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは、各々、30~200nmである。 The film thicknesses of the resin compositions (1) and (2) are each preferably 30 to 250 nm, more preferably 30 to 200 nm, respectively, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution.
 樹脂組成物(1)および(2)の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であり、好ましくは、2.0~5.7質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~5.3質量%である。固形分濃度を前記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができる。
 固形分濃度とは、樹脂組成物(1)または(2)の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の重量の重量百分率である。
The solid content concentration of the resin compositions (1) and (2) is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.3%. % By mass. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate.
The solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of the other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the resin composition (1) or (2).
 樹脂組成物(1)および(2)は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、フィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報のように、循環的な濾過を行ったり、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ったりしてもよい。また、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、樹脂組成物(1)および(2)に対して脱気処理などを行ってもよい。 Resin compositions (1) and (2) are used by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent, filtering the solution, and applying the solution on a predetermined support (substrate). The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. Moreover, you may filter resin composition (1) and (2) in multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to resin composition (1) and (2) before and after filter filtration.
 樹脂組成物(1)と樹脂組成物(2)とは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 なお、両者のインターミックスは、例えば工程(i-3)において第1のネガ型パターンを形成した後に、加熱工程(ii)のような熱硬化(加熱)を行う場合には、問題となりにくいと考えられるが、インターミックスの問題を考慮したレジスト設計を行うことを妨げるものではない。
 インターミックス抑制のためには、例えば、樹脂組成物(2)が含有する溶剤として、樹脂組成物(2)の樹脂は溶解するが、樹脂組成物(1)の樹脂は溶解しないような溶剤を選択することが考えられる。このような設計のために、例えば樹脂組成物(2)が含有する溶剤としては、前述の、有機溶剤を含むリンス液として挙げた溶剤が挙げられ、なかでも、アルコール系溶剤またはエーテル系溶剤を好ましく挙げることができる。
The resin composition (1) and the resin composition (2) may be the same as or different from each other.
It should be noted that the intermix between the two is less likely to be a problem when, for example, the first negative pattern is formed in the step (i-3) and then the heat curing (heating) is performed as in the heating step (ii). It can be considered, but this does not preclude resist design in consideration of intermix problems.
In order to suppress the intermix, for example, as a solvent contained in the resin composition (2), a solvent that dissolves the resin of the resin composition (2) but does not dissolve the resin of the resin composition (1). It is possible to choose. For such a design, for example, the solvent contained in the resin composition (2) includes the solvents mentioned above as the rinse liquid containing an organic solvent. Preferable examples can be given.
 以下に、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。もっとも、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>
 表4に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤により全固形分で3.8質量%溶解させ、それぞれを0.1μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物Ar-01~33を調製した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The components shown in Table 4 were dissolved in a total solid content of 3.8% by mass with the solvents shown in the same table, and each was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.1 μm to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The products Ar-01 to 33 were prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
<樹脂(A)>
 表4における樹脂は、以下の表5および表6の通りである。
 なお、樹脂は、以下のように合成した。
(合成例(樹脂Pol-02の合成))
 シクロヘキサノン102.3質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、そこへ下記構造式Unit-1で表されるモノマー22.2質量部、下記構造式Unit-2で表されるモノマー22.8質量部、下記構造式Unit-3で表されるモノマー6.6質量部、シクロヘキサノン189.9質量部、及び2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、和光純薬工業(株)製〕2.40質量部の混合溶液を5時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のヘキサン/酢酸エチル(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、樹脂Pol-02を41.1質量部得た。
 得られた樹脂Pol-02のGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))から求めた重量平均分子量(Mw:ポリスチレン換算)は、Mw=9500、分散度はMw/Mn=1.60であった。13C-NMRにより測定した樹脂Pol-02における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)は40/50/10であった。
 樹脂Pol-02の合成において、用いるモノマーをそれぞれ変更した以外は、樹脂Pol-02の合成と同様にして、樹脂Pol-01、及び、樹脂Pol-03~22を合成した。以下、樹脂Pol-01~22における繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比;左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に示す。
<Resin (A)>
The resins in Table 4 are as shown in Tables 5 and 6 below.
The resin was synthesized as follows.
(Synthesis Example (Synthesis of Resin Pol-02))
102.3 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this liquid, there were 22.2 parts by mass of a monomer represented by the following structural formula Unit-1, 22.8 parts by mass of a monomer represented by the following structural formula Unit-2, and the following structural formula Unit-3. A mixed solution of 6.6 parts by mass of the monomer, 189.9 parts by mass of cyclohexanone, and 2.40 parts by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate [V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] It was added dropwise over time. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was allowed to cool, then re-precipitated with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9: 1), filtered, and the obtained solid was vacuum-dried to obtain 41.1 parts by mass of Resin Pol-02. .
The obtained resin Pol-02 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw: polystyrene equivalent) determined from GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) of Mw = 9500 and a dispersity of Mw / Mn = 1.60. The compositional ratio (molar ratio) of repeating units in Resin Pol-02 measured by 13 C-NMR was 40/50/10.
Resin Pol-01 and Resins Pol-03 to 22 were synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of Resin Pol-02 except that the monomers used in the synthesis of Resin Pol-02 were changed. Hereinafter, the composition ratio (molar ratio; corresponding in order from the left), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of repeating units in the resins Pol-01 to 22 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 表4における酸発生剤は、以下の通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
The acid generators in Table 4 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
<塩基性化合物(N)>
 表4における塩基性化合物は、以下の通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
<Basic compound (N)>
The basic compounds in Table 4 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
<疎水性樹脂(D)>
 表4における添加剤(疎水性樹脂)は、以下の通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
<Hydrophobic resin (D)>
The additives (hydrophobic resins) in Table 4 are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
<界面活性剤>
 表4における界面活性剤は、以下の通りである。
 W-1:メガファックF176(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-2:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-3:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系)
 W-4:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)
 W-5:KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)
 W-6:PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系)
<Surfactant>
The surfactants in Table 4 are as follows.
W-1: MegaFuck F176 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafuck R08 (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine and silicon)
W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
W-4: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
W-5: KH-20 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)
W-6: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system)
<溶剤>
 表4における溶剤は、以下の通りである。
 SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2:乳酸エチル
 SL-3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-4:シクロヘキサノン
 SL-5:γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-6:4-メチル-2-ペンタノール
<Solvent>
The solvents in Table 4 are as follows.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Ethyl lactate SL-3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-4: cyclohexanone SL-5: γ-butyrolactone SL-6: 4-methyl-2-pentanol
<実施例1~32:パターン形成方法>
 以下に説明するようにして、反射防止膜が形成されたシリコンウエハーを基板として用い、この基板上の一部の領域(第1の領域)にホールパターン(第1のネガ型パターン)を形成し、当該領域とは異なる領域(第2の領域)に孤立スペースパターン(第2のネガ型パターン)を形成することを試みた。
<Examples 1 to 32: Pattern Forming Method>
As described below, a silicon wafer on which an antireflection film is formed is used as a substrate, and a hole pattern (first negative pattern) is formed in a partial region (first region) on the substrate. An attempt was made to form an isolated space pattern (second negative pattern) in a region (second region) different from the region.
(第1の膜の形成)
 まず、シリコンウエハー上に反射防止膜形成用組成物ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚96nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、下記表7に示す樹脂組成物(1)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘って第1の加熱(PAB1)を行い、膜厚100nmの第1の膜を形成した。
(Formation of first film)
First, an antireflection film-forming composition ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 96 nm. On top of that, the resin composition (1) shown in Table 7 below was applied, and first heating (PAB1) was performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a first film having a thickness of 100 nm.
(第1のネガ型パターン形成)
 第1の膜に、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-quad20、X-Y polarization、σout/in 0.981/0.895)を用いて、マスク(6%ハーフトーンのホールパターン、パターンピッチ:90nm、Critical Dimension:45nm)を介してパターン露光した。なお、照明光源形状としては、四極照明を用いた。
 このとき、第1の領域のみパターン露光されるように、第1の領域に対応する部分のみにホールパターンが形成され、それ以外の部分は遮光部となっているマスクを用いた。
 次に、第2の加熱(PEB1)を100℃で60秒間実施した後、酢酸ブチルを用いて有機溶剤現像を実施し、第1のネガ型パターンを得た。
(First negative pattern formation)
ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA1.20, C-quad20, XY polarization, σout / in 0.981 / 0.895) is used for the first film and a mask (6% halftone hole pattern) Pattern exposure through a pattern pitch of 90 nm and critical dimension of 45 nm). Note that quadrupole illumination was used as the illumination light source shape.
At this time, a mask in which a hole pattern was formed only in a portion corresponding to the first region and a light shielding portion was used in the other portion so that only the first region was subjected to pattern exposure.
Next, after performing 2nd heating (PEB1) at 100 degreeC for 60 second, organic solvent image development was implemented using butyl acetate, and the 1st negative pattern was obtained.
(第1のネガ型パターンの加熱)
 上記のようにして得られた第1のネガ型パターンを、200℃で60秒間に亘って第3の加熱(Post Bake 1)を行った。
(Heating of the first negative pattern)
The first negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to third heating (Post Bake 1) at 200 ° C. for 60 seconds.
(第2の膜の形成)
 第1のネガ型パターンを形成した基板上に、下記表7に示す樹脂組成物(2)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘って第4の加熱(PAB2)を行い、膜厚100nmの第2の膜を形成した。
(Formation of second film)
On the substrate on which the first negative pattern was formed, the resin composition (2) shown in Table 7 below was applied, and the fourth heating (PAB2) was performed for 60 seconds at 100 ° C. A second film was formed.
(第2のネガ型パターン形成)
 第2の膜に、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA0.75、Annular X-Y polarization、σout/in 0.97/0.740)を用いて、マスク(6%ハーフトーンの孤立トレンチパターン、Critical Dimension:100nm)を介してパターン露光した。
 このとき、第2の領域のみパターン露光されるように、第2の領域に対応する部分のみに孤立トレンチパターンが形成され、それ以外の部分は遮光部となっているマスクを用いた。なお、照明光源形状としては、通常照明を用いた。
 次いで、第5の加熱(PEB2)を100℃で60秒間に亘って実施した後、酢酸ブチルを用いて有機溶剤現像を実施し、第2のネガ型パターンを得た。
 上記のようにして得られた第2のネガ型パターンを、100℃で60秒間に亘って第6の加熱(Post Bake 2)を行った。
(Second negative pattern formation)
ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA0.75, Annual XY polarization, σout / in 0.97 / 0.740) is used for the second film, and a mask (6% halftone isolated trench pattern, Critical (Dimension: 100 nm).
At this time, an isolated trench pattern was formed only in a portion corresponding to the second region so that only the second region was subjected to pattern exposure, and a mask having a light shielding portion in other portions was used. In addition, normal illumination was used as the illumination light source shape.
Subsequently, after performing 5th heating (PEB2) over 60 second at 100 degreeC, the organic solvent image development was implemented using butyl acetate, and the 2nd negative pattern was obtained.
The second negative pattern obtained as described above was subjected to sixth heating (Post Bake 2) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000071
 各実施例について、第2のネガ型パターンを形成して加熱した後、走査型電子顕微鏡(日立社製S9380)を用いて、観察した。観察の結果、いずれの実施例においても、ホールパターン(第1のネガ型パターン)と孤立スペースパターン(第2のネガ型パターン)とが異なる領域にレイアウトされたレジストパターンが形成されていることが明確に確認された。 About each Example, after forming and heating the 2nd negative pattern, it observed using the scanning electron microscope (Hitachi S9380). As a result of observation, in any of the examples, a resist pattern in which a hole pattern (first negative pattern) and an isolated space pattern (second negative pattern) are laid out in different regions is formed. Clearly confirmed.
 以上、実施例を説明したが、本発明がこれら実施例のみに限定されるわけではなく、例えば以下のような態様でもパターン形成可能である。
 ・各実施例における有機溶剤を含有する現像液に、1質量%程度の含窒素塩基性化合物、例えばトリオクチルアミンなどを添加してネガ型現像を行う態様
 ・各実施例において、ArFエキシマレーザーによる露光をEUV露光に換えた態様、更には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の樹脂として、前述の「特に、EUV露光または電子線露光の際に、好適に用いることができる樹脂」として紹介した樹脂(芳香族基を含有する樹脂)を用いた態様、など。
Although the embodiments have been described above, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. For example, patterns can be formed in the following modes.
A mode in which negative development is performed by adding about 1% by mass of a nitrogen-containing basic compound, such as trioctylamine, to the developer containing an organic solvent in each example. In each example, an ArF excimer laser is used. As an embodiment in which the exposure is replaced with EUV exposure, and as the resin in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the above-mentioned “especially resins that can be suitably used in EUV exposure or electron beam exposure” Etc.] using the resin (resin containing an aromatic group) introduced as “
10:基板
50:第1の膜
51:第1のネガ型パターン
60:第2の膜
61:第2のネガ型パターン
71:第3のネガ型パターン
A1:第1の領域
A2:第2の領域
A3:第3の領域
M1:マスク
M2:マスク
10: substrate 50: first film 51: first negative pattern 60: second film 61: second negative pattern 71: third negative pattern A1: first region A2: second Region A3: Third region M1: Mask M2: Mask

Claims (7)

  1.  2つ以上の異なるパターンが異なる領域にレイアウトされたパターンを形成する、パターン形成方法であって、
    (i)下記工程(i-1)、下記工程(i-2)及び下記工程(i-3)をこの順で行い、基板上の第1の領域に、第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
     (i-1)前記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)を用いて第1の膜を形成する工程
     (i-2)前記第1の膜を、前記第1の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
     (i-3)前記露光した第1の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、前記第1の領域に前記第1のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
     及び
    (iii)下記工程(iii-1)、下記工程(iii-2)及び下記工程(iii-3)をこの順で行い、前記基板上の前記第1の領域とは異なる第2の領域に、前記第1のネガ型パターンとは異なる第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程、
     (iii-1)前記基板上に、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)を用いて第2の膜を形成する工程
     (iii-2)前記第2の膜を、前記第2の領域以外の領域を非露光部として露光する工程
     (iii-3)前記露光した第2の膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像し、前記第2の領域に前記第2のネガ型パターンを形成する工程
    を有するパターン形成方法。
    A pattern forming method for forming a pattern in which two or more different patterns are laid out in different regions,
    (I) The following step (i-1), the following step (i-2) and the following step (i-3) are performed in this order to form a first negative pattern in the first region on the substrate. Process,
    (I-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (1) containing a resin that increases polarity by the action of an acid and decreases solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (I-2) a step of exposing the first film using a region other than the first region as a non-exposed portion. (I-3) the exposed first film. Are developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form the first negative pattern in the first region, and (iii) the following step (iii-1) and the following step (iii-2) And the following step (iii-3) is performed in this order to form a second negative pattern different from the first negative pattern in the second region different from the first region on the substrate. The process of
    (Iii-1) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (2) containing a resin having an increased polarity by the action of an acid and reduced solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent on the substrate. (Iii-2) exposing the second film to a region other than the second region as a non-exposed portion (iii-3) exposing the second film Is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent, and the second negative pattern is formed in the second region.
  2.  前記工程(i)と前記工程(iii)との間に、加熱工程(ii)を更に有する、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation method according to claim 1, further comprising a heating step (ii) between the step (i) and the step (iii).
  3.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが異なっている、請求項1または2に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) is different from the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2).
  4.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(1)と前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(2)とが同一である、請求項1または2に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (1) and the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition (2) are the same.
  5.  請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法により形成されたパターンをマスクとして、前記基板に対してエッチング処理を行う、エッチング方法。 An etching method in which an etching process is performed on the substrate using the pattern formed by the pattern forming method according to claim 1 as a mask.
  6.  請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  7.  請求項6に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。 An electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method according to claim 6.
PCT/JP2015/053643 2014-03-04 2015-02-10 Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device WO2015133235A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-041981 2014-03-04
JP2014041981A JP2015169674A (en) 2014-03-04 2014-03-04 Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015133235A1 true WO2015133235A1 (en) 2015-09-11

Family

ID=54055045

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/053643 WO2015133235A1 (en) 2014-03-04 2015-02-10 Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2015169674A (en)
TW (1) TW201535475A (en)
WO (1) WO2015133235A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10241406B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-03-26 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
US10394122B2 (en) * 2016-06-28 2019-08-27 Toyko Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, compound, and acid generator

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6650461B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2020-02-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20180108654A (en) * 2016-02-15 2018-10-04 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 A composition for forming a resist lower layer film, a resist lower layer film, and a method for manufacturing a patterned substrate
JP6872530B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2021-05-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
KR102656746B1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2024-04-11 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002328476A (en) * 2001-04-26 2002-11-15 Toshiba Corp Method for forming pattern
JP2010061097A (en) * 2008-03-05 2010-03-18 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Polymerizable monomer compound, patterning method, and resist composition used in the method
JP2012053307A (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-03-15 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method for forming resist pattern
WO2012157433A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 Jsr株式会社 Method of forming double pattern
JP2014178671A (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-09-25 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming process

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002328476A (en) * 2001-04-26 2002-11-15 Toshiba Corp Method for forming pattern
JP2010061097A (en) * 2008-03-05 2010-03-18 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Polymerizable monomer compound, patterning method, and resist composition used in the method
JP2012053307A (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-03-15 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method for forming resist pattern
WO2012157433A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 Jsr株式会社 Method of forming double pattern
JP2014178671A (en) * 2013-02-14 2014-09-25 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming process

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10241406B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-03-26 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
US10394122B2 (en) * 2016-06-28 2019-08-27 Toyko Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, compound, and acid generator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201535475A (en) 2015-09-16
JP2015169674A (en) 2015-09-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101888887B1 (en) Organic treatment solution for patterning of chemically amplified resist film, and pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method using same
JP5728517B2 (en) Method for producing organic processing liquid for patterning chemically amplified resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP6186168B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
CN103649833A (en) Pattern forming method, multi-layered resist pattern, multi-layered film for organic solvent development, resist composition, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP5775754B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6126551B2 (en) Pattern peeling method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2015133235A1 (en) Pattern forming method, etching method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6296972B2 (en) PATTERN FORMING METHOD, ETCHING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP2015084122A (en) Organic process liquid for patterning chemically amplified resist film
WO2014171425A1 (en) Pattern formation method, electronic-device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP2016075920A (en) Production method of organic process liquid for patterning chemically amplified resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2014071304A (en) Pattern forming method, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016163174A1 (en) Pattern forming method, etching method and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW201740204A (en) Pattern-forming method, method for producing electronic device
WO2015060151A1 (en) Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6014507B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6918001B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film, and method for manufacturing an electronic device.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15758963

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15758963

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1